]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Add support for non-contiguous memory regions
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
73 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
74 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
75 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
76 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
77 lang_statement_union). */
78 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
79 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
80 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
81 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
82 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
83 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
84
85 /* Forward declarations. */
86 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
87 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
88 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
89 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
96 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
121 const char *entry_section = ".text";
122 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
123 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
124 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
125 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
127 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
128 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
129 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
130 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
131 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
132 static ctf_file_t *ctf_output;
133
134 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
135 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
136 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
137
138 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
139 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
142 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
143 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
144 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
145 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
146 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
147
148 #define new_stat(x, y) \
149 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
150
151 #define outside_section_address(q) \
152 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
153
154 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
155 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
156
157 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
158
159 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
160 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
161 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
162 overhead if they want to. */
163 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
164
165 void *
166 stat_alloc (size_t size)
167 {
168 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
169 }
170
171 static int
172 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
173 {
174 if (wildcardp (pattern))
175 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
176 return strcmp (pattern, name);
177 }
178
179 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
180 separator. If not, return NULL. */
181
182 static char *
183 archive_path (const char *pattern)
184 {
185 char *p = NULL;
186
187 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
188 return p;
189
190 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
191 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
192 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
193 return p;
194
195 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
196 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
197 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
198 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
199 #endif
200 return p;
201 }
202
203 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
204 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
205
206 static bfd_boolean
207 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
208 lang_input_statement_type *f)
209 {
210 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
211
212 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
213 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
214 && ((sep != file_spec)
215 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
216 {
217 match = TRUE;
218
219 if (sep != file_spec)
220 {
221 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
222 *sep = 0;
223 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
224 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
225 }
226 }
227 return match;
228 }
229
230 static bfd_boolean
231 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
232 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
233 {
234 struct unique_sections *unam;
235 const char *secnam;
236
237 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
238 && sec->owner != NULL
239 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
240 return !(os != NULL
241 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
242
243 secnam = sec->name;
244 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
245 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
246 return TRUE;
247
248 return FALSE;
249 }
250
251 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
252
253 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
254 false. */
255
256 static bfd_boolean
257 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
258 lang_input_statement_type *file)
259 {
260 struct name_list *list_tmp;
261
262 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
263 list_tmp;
264 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
265 {
266 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
267
268 if (p != NULL)
269 {
270 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
271 return TRUE;
272 }
273
274 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
275 return TRUE;
276
277 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
278 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
279 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
280 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
281 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
282 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
283 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
284 return TRUE;
285 }
286
287 return FALSE;
288 }
289
290 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
291 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
292 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
293 function is very fast. */
294
295 static void
296 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
297 lang_input_statement_type *file,
298 asection *s,
299 struct wildcard_list *sec,
300 callback_t callback,
301 void *data)
302 {
303 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
304 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
305 return;
306
307 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
308 }
309
310 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
311 but slowly. */
312
313 static void
314 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
315 lang_input_statement_type *file,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 asection *s;
320 struct wildcard_list *sec;
321
322 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
323 {
324 sec = ptr->section_list;
325 if (sec == NULL)
326 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
327
328 while (sec != NULL)
329 {
330 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
331
332 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
333 {
334 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
335
336 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
337 }
338
339 if (!skip)
340 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
341
342 sec = sec->next;
343 }
344 }
345 }
346
347 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
348 than one section with that name, we report that. */
349
350 typedef struct
351 {
352 asection *found_section;
353 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
354 } section_iterator_callback_data;
355
356 static bfd_boolean
357 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
358 {
359 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
360
361 if (d->found_section != NULL)
362 {
363 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
364 return TRUE;
365 }
366
367 d->found_section = s;
368 return FALSE;
369 }
370
371 static asection *
372 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
373 struct wildcard_list *sec,
374 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
375 {
376 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
377
378 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
379 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
380 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
381 return cb_data.found_section;
382 }
383
384 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
385 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
386
387 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
388 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
389
390 static bfd_boolean
391 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
392 {
393 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
394 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
395 }
396
397 static bfd_boolean
398 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
399 {
400 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
401 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
402 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
403 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
404 return FALSE;
405
406 pattern += 4;
407 name += 4;
408 while (*pattern != '*')
409 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
410 return FALSE;
411
412 return TRUE;
413 }
414
415 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
416 section name NAME. */
417
418 static int
419 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
420 {
421 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
422 const char *dot;
423
424 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
425 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
426 lower value means a higher priority.
427
428 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
429 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
430 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
431 .fini_array is backward.
432 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
433 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
434 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
435 is forward.
436
437 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
438 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
439 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
440 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
441 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
442 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
443 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
444 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
445 attribute and sort on that. */
446 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
447 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
448 {
449 char *end;
450 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
451 if (*end == 0)
452 {
453 if (dot == name + 6
454 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
455 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
456 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
457 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
458 return init_priority;
459 }
460 }
461 return -1;
462 }
463
464 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
465
466 static int
467 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
468 {
469 int ret;
470 int a_priority, b_priority;
471
472 switch (sort)
473 {
474 default:
475 abort ();
476
477 case by_init_priority:
478 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
479 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
480 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
481 goto sort_by_name;
482 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 else
486 goto sort_by_name;
487
488 case by_alignment_name:
489 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
490 if (ret)
491 break;
492 /* Fall through. */
493
494 case by_name:
495 sort_by_name:
496 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
497 break;
498
499 case by_name_alignment:
500 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
501 if (ret)
502 break;
503 /* Fall through. */
504
505 case by_alignment:
506 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
507 break;
508 }
509
510 return ret;
511 }
512
513 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
514 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
515 of sections are large. */
516
517 static lang_section_bst_type **
518 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
519 struct wildcard_list *sec,
520 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 asection *section)
522 {
523 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
524
525 tree = &wild->tree;
526 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
527 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
528 {
529 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
530 while (*tree)
531 tree = &((*tree)->right);
532 return tree;
533 }
534
535 while (*tree)
536 {
537 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
538 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
539 tree = &((*tree)->left);
540 else
541 tree = &((*tree)->right);
542 }
543
544 return tree;
545 }
546
547 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
548
549 static void
550 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
551 struct wildcard_list *sec,
552 asection *section,
553 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
554 lang_input_statement_type *file,
555 void *output)
556 {
557 lang_section_bst_type *node;
558 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
559 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
560
561 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
562
563 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
564 return;
565
566 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
567 node->left = 0;
568 node->right = 0;
569 node->section = section;
570
571 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
572 if (tree != NULL)
573 *tree = node;
574 }
575
576 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
577
578 static void
579 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
580 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
581 void *output)
582 {
583 if (tree->left)
584 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
585
586 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
587 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
588
589 if (tree->right)
590 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
591
592 free (tree);
593 }
594
595 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
596 wildcards */
597
598 static void
599 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
600 lang_input_statement_type *file,
601 callback_t callback,
602 void *data)
603 {
604 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
605 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
606 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
607 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
608 get processed in the bfd's order. */
609 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
610 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
611 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
612
613 if (multiple_sections_found)
614 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
615 else if (s0)
616 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
617 }
618
619 static void
620 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
621 lang_input_statement_type *file,
622 callback_t callback,
623 void *data)
624 {
625 asection *s;
626 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627
628 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
629 {
630 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
631 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
632
633 if (!skip)
634 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
635 }
636 }
637
638 static void
639 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
640 lang_input_statement_type *file,
641 callback_t callback,
642 void *data)
643 {
644 asection *s;
645 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
646 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
647 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
648 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
649
650 if (multiple_sections_found)
651 {
652 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
653 return;
654 }
655
656 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
657 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
658 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
659 {
660 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
661 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
662 wildspec1. */
663 if (s == s0)
664 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
665 else
666 {
667 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
668 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
669
670 if (!skip)
671 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
672 data);
673 }
674 }
675 }
676
677 static void
678 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
679 lang_input_statement_type *file,
680 callback_t callback,
681 void *data)
682 {
683 asection *s;
684 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
685 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
686 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
687 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
688 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
689
690 if (multiple_sections_found)
691 {
692 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
693 return;
694 }
695
696 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
697 {
698 if (s == s0)
699 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
700 else
701 {
702 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
703 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
704
705 if (!skip)
706 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
707 else
708 {
709 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
710 if (!skip)
711 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
712 data);
713 }
714 }
715 }
716 }
717
718 static void
719 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
720 lang_input_statement_type *file,
721 callback_t callback,
722 void *data)
723 {
724 asection *s;
725 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
726 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
727 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
728 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
729 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
730 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
731
732 if (multiple_sections_found)
733 {
734 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
735 return;
736 }
737
738 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
739 if (multiple_sections_found)
740 {
741 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
742 return;
743 }
744
745 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
746 {
747 if (s == s0)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
749 else
750 if (s == s1)
751 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
752 else
753 {
754 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
755 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
756 sname);
757
758 if (!skip)
759 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
760 data);
761 else
762 {
763 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
764 if (!skip)
765 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
766 callback, data);
767 }
768 }
769 }
770 }
771
772 static void
773 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
774 lang_input_statement_type *file,
775 callback_t callback,
776 void *data)
777 {
778 if (file->flags.just_syms)
779 return;
780
781 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
782 }
783
784 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
785 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
786 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
787 first wildcard character. */
788
789 static bfd_boolean
790 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
791 {
792 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
793 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
794 size_t min_prefix_len;
795
796 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
797 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
798 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
799 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
800 prefix1_len++;
801 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
802 prefix2_len++;
803
804 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
805
806 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
807 }
808
809 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
810 statements. */
811
812 static void
813 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
814 {
815 int sec_count = 0;
816 int wild_name_count = 0;
817 struct wildcard_list *sec;
818 int signature;
819 int data_counter;
820
821 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
822 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
823 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
824 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
825 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
826 ptr->tree = NULL;
827
828 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
829 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
830 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
831 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
832 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
833 ending in a single '*'. */
834 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
835 {
836 ++sec_count;
837 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
838 return;
839 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
840 {
841 ++wild_name_count;
842 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
848 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
849 happen in practice. */
850 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
851 return;
852
853 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
854 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
855 {
856 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
857 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
858 {
859 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
860 return;
861 }
862 }
863
864 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
865 switch (signature)
866 {
867 case 0x0100:
868 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
869 break;
870 case 0x0101:
871 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
872 break;
873 case 0x0201:
874 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
875 break;
876 case 0x0302:
877 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
878 break;
879 case 0x0402:
880 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
881 break;
882 default:
883 return;
884 }
885
886 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
887 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
888 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
889 given order, because we've already determined that no section
890 will match more than one spec. */
891 data_counter = 0;
892 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
893 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
894 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
895 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
896 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
897 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
898 }
899
900 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
901
902 static void
903 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
904 lang_input_statement_type *f,
905 callback_t callback,
906 void *data)
907 {
908 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
909 return;
910
911 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
912 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
913 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
914 else
915 {
916 bfd *member;
917
918 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
919 archive separately. */
920 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
921 while (member != NULL)
922 {
923 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
924 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
925 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
926 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
927 lang_input_statement. */
928 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
929 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
930
931 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
932 }
933 }
934 }
935
936 static void
937 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
938 {
939 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
940 char *p;
941
942 if (file_spec == NULL)
943 {
944 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
945 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
946 {
947 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
948 }
949 }
950 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
951 {
952 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
953 {
954 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
955 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
956 }
957 }
958 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
959 {
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
963 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
964 }
965 }
966 else
967 {
968 lang_input_statement_type *f;
969
970 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
971 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
972 if (f)
973 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
974 }
975 }
976
977 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
978 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
979 with constraint set to -1. */
980
981 void
982 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
983 lang_statement_union_type *s)
984 {
985 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
986 {
987 func (s);
988
989 switch (s->header.type)
990 {
991 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
992 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
995 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
996 lang_for_each_statement_worker
997 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
998 break;
999 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1000 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1001 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1002 break;
1003 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1004 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1005 s->group_statement.children.head);
1006 break;
1007 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1008 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1009 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1010 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1011 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1012 case lang_input_section_enum:
1013 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1014 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1015 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1016 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1017 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1018 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1019 break;
1020 default:
1021 FAIL ();
1022 break;
1023 }
1024 }
1025 }
1026
1027 void
1028 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1029 {
1030 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1031 }
1032
1033 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1034
1035 void
1036 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1037 {
1038 list->head = NULL;
1039 list->tail = &list->head;
1040 }
1041
1042 static void
1043 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1044 void *element,
1045 void *field)
1046 {
1047 *(list->tail) = element;
1048 list->tail = field;
1049 }
1050
1051 void
1052 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1053 {
1054 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1055 abort ();
1056 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1057 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1058 }
1059
1060 void
1061 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1062 {
1063 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1064 abort ();
1065 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1066 }
1067
1068 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1069
1070 static lang_statement_union_type *
1071 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1072 size_t size,
1073 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1074 {
1075 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1076
1077 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1078 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1079 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1080 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1081 return new_stmt;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1085 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1086 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1087
1088 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1089 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1090 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1091 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1092
1093 static lang_input_statement_type *
1094 new_afile (const char *name,
1095 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1096 const char *target)
1097 {
1098 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1099
1100 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1101
1102 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1103 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1104 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1105 p->target = target;
1106 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1107 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1108 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1109 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1110 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1111
1112 switch (file_type)
1113 {
1114 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 break;
1124 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1125 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1126 {
1127 p->filename = name + 1;
1128 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1129 }
1130 else
1131 p->filename = name;
1132 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1133 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1134 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1135 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1136 break;
1137 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1138 p->filename = name;
1139 p->local_sym_name = name;
1140 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1141 break;
1142 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1143 p->filename = name;
1144 p->local_sym_name = name;
1145 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1146 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1147 break;
1148 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1149 p->filename = name;
1150 p->local_sym_name = name;
1151 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1152 break;
1153 default:
1154 FAIL ();
1155 }
1156
1157 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1158 return p;
1159 }
1160
1161 lang_input_statement_type *
1162 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1163 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1164 const char *target)
1165 {
1166 if (name != NULL
1167 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1168 {
1169 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1170 char *sysrooted_name
1171 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1172 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1173 (const char *) NULL);
1174
1175 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1176 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1177 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1178 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1179 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1180 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1181 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1182 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1183 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1184 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target);
1185 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1186 return ret;
1187 }
1188
1189 return new_afile (name, file_type, target);
1190 }
1191
1192 struct out_section_hash_entry
1193 {
1194 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1195 lang_statement_union_type s;
1196 };
1197
1198 /* The hash table. */
1199
1200 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1201
1202 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1203 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1204
1205 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1206 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1207 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1208 const char *string)
1209 {
1210 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1211 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1212
1213 if (entry == NULL)
1214 {
1215 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1216 sizeof (*ret));
1217 if (entry == NULL)
1218 return entry;
1219 }
1220
1221 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1222 if (entry == NULL)
1223 return entry;
1224
1225 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1226 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1227 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1228 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1229 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1230 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1231 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1232 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1233
1234 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1235 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1236 field of the last element of the list. */
1237 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1238 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1239 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1240 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1241 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1242
1243 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1244 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1245 instead. */
1246 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1247 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1248 return &ret->root;
1249 }
1250
1251 static void
1252 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1253 {
1254 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1255 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1256 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1257 61))
1258 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1259 }
1260
1261 static void
1262 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1263 {
1264 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1268
1269 void
1270 lang_init (void)
1271 {
1272 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1273
1274 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1275
1276 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1277
1278 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1279
1280 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1281 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1282 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1283 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1284 NULL);
1285 abs_output_section =
1286 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1287
1288 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1289
1290 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1291 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1292 }
1293
1294 void
1295 lang_finish (void)
1296 {
1297 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1298 }
1299
1300 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1301 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1302 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1303 syntax.
1304
1305 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1306
1307 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1308 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1309
1310 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1311 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1312 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1313 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1314 and so we issue a warning.
1315
1316 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1317 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1318 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1319 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1320 region. */
1321
1322 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1323 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1324 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1325
1326 lang_memory_region_type *
1327 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1328 {
1329 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1330 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1331 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1332
1333 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1334 if (name == NULL)
1335 return NULL;
1336
1337 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1338 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1339 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1340 {
1341 if (create)
1342 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1343 NULL, name);
1344 return r;
1345 }
1346
1347 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1348 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1349 NULL, name);
1350
1351 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1352
1353 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1354 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1355 new_region->next = NULL;
1356 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1357 new_region->origin = 0;
1358 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1359 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1360 new_region->current = 0;
1361 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1362 new_region->flags = 0;
1363 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1364 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1365
1366 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1367 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1368
1369 return new_region;
1370 }
1371
1372 void
1373 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1374 {
1375 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1376 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1377 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1378
1379 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1380 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1381 the default memory region. */
1382 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1383 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1384 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1385
1386 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1387 in use. */
1388 region = NULL;
1389 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1390 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1391 {
1392 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1393 region = r;
1394 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1395 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1396 "alias `%s'\n"),
1397 NULL, alias);
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1401 if (region == NULL)
1402 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1403 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1404 NULL, region_name, alias);
1405
1406 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1407 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1408 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1409 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1410 region->name_list.next = n;
1411 }
1412
1413 static lang_memory_region_type *
1414 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1415 {
1416 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1417
1418 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1419
1420 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1421 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1422 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1423
1424 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1425 {
1426 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1427 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1428 {
1429 return p;
1430 }
1431 }
1432 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1433 }
1434
1435 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1436
1437 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1438 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1439 {
1440 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1444 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1445 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1446 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1447
1448 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1449 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1450 int constraint,
1451 bfd_boolean create)
1452 {
1453 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1454
1455 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1456 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1457 create, FALSE));
1458 if (entry == NULL)
1459 {
1460 if (create)
1461 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1462 return NULL;
1463 }
1464
1465 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1466 {
1467 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1468 constraint. */
1469 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1470
1471 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1472 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1473 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1474 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1475 but that shouldn't matter. */
1476 last_ent = entry;
1477 else
1478 do
1479 {
1480 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1481 || (constraint == 0
1482 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1483 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1484 last_ent = entry;
1485 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1486 }
1487 while (entry != NULL
1488 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1489
1490 if (!create)
1491 return NULL;
1492
1493 entry
1494 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1495 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1496 &output_section_statement_table,
1497 name));
1498 if (entry == NULL)
1499 {
1500 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1501 return NULL;
1502 }
1503 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1504 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1505 }
1506
1507 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1508 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1509 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1510 }
1511
1512 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1513 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1514 match any non-negative constraint. */
1515
1516 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1517 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1518 int constraint)
1519 {
1520 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1521 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1522 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1523 ((char *) os
1524 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1525 const char *name = os->name;
1526
1527 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1528 do
1529 {
1530 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1531 if (entry == NULL
1532 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1533 return NULL;
1534 }
1535 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1536 && (constraint != 0
1537 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1538
1539 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1540 }
1541
1542 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1543 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1544 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1545 sets *EXACT too. */
1546
1547 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1548 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1549 flagword sec_flags,
1550 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1551 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1552 {
1553 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1554 flagword look_flags, differ;
1555
1556 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1557 skip it. */
1558 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1559 first = first->next;
1560
1561 /* First try for an exact match. */
1562 found = NULL;
1563 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1564 {
1565 look_flags = look->flags;
1566 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1567 {
1568 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1569 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1570 look->bfd_section,
1571 sec->owner, sec))
1572 continue;
1573 }
1574 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1575 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1576 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1577 found = look;
1578 }
1579 if (found != NULL)
1580 {
1581 if (exact != NULL)
1582 *exact = found;
1583 return found;
1584 }
1585
1586 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1587 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1588 {
1589 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1590 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1591 {
1592 look_flags = look->flags;
1593 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1594 {
1595 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1596 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1597 look->bfd_section,
1598 sec->owner, sec))
1599 continue;
1600 }
1601 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1602 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1604 found = look;
1605 }
1606 }
1607 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1608 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1609 {
1610 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1611 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->flags;
1614 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1615 {
1616 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1617 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1618 look->bfd_section,
1619 sec->owner, sec))
1620 continue;
1621 }
1622 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1624 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1625 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1626 | SEC_READONLY))
1627 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1628 found = look;
1629 }
1630 }
1631 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1632 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1633 {
1634 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1635 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1636 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1637
1638 match_type = NULL;
1639 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1640 {
1641 look_flags = look->flags;
1642 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1644
1645 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1646 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1647 {
1648 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1649 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1650 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1651 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1652 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1653 previous section. */
1654 break;
1655 found = look;
1656 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1657 }
1658 else if (seen_thread_local)
1659 break;
1660 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1682 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1683 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1684 found = look;
1685 }
1686 }
1687 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1688 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1689 {
1690 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1691 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->flags;
1694 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1695 {
1696 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1697 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1698 look->bfd_section,
1699 sec->owner, sec))
1700 continue;
1701 }
1702 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1703 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1704 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1705 found = look;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1709 {
1710 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1711 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1712 {
1713 look_flags = look->flags;
1714 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1715 {
1716 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1717 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1718 look->bfd_section,
1719 sec->owner, sec))
1720 continue;
1721 }
1722 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1723 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1724 found = look;
1725 }
1726 }
1727 else
1728 {
1729 /* non-alloc go last. */
1730 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1731 {
1732 look_flags = look->flags;
1733 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1734 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1735 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1736 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1737 found = look;
1738 }
1739 return found;
1740 }
1741
1742 if (found || !match_type)
1743 return found;
1744
1745 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1746 }
1747
1748 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1749 Used by place_orphan. */
1750
1751 static asection *
1752 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1753 {
1754 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1755
1756 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1757 {
1758 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1759 continue;
1760
1761 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1762 return lookup->bfd_section;
1763 }
1764
1765 return NULL;
1766 }
1767
1768 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1769 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1770 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1771 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1772 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1773 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1774 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1775 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1776 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1777 image symbols. */
1778
1779 static lang_statement_union_type **
1780 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1781 {
1782 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1783 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1784 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1785
1786 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1787
1788 for (where = &after->header.next;
1789 *where != NULL;
1790 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1791 {
1792 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1793 {
1794 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1795 if (assign == NULL)
1796 {
1797 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1798
1799 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1800 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1801 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1802 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1803 {
1804 if (!ignore_first)
1805 assign = where;
1806 ignore_first = FALSE;
1807 }
1808 }
1809 continue;
1810 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_input_section_enum:
1812 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1814 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1815 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1816 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1817 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1818 assign = NULL;
1819 ignore_first = FALSE;
1820 continue;
1821 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1822 if (assign != NULL)
1823 {
1824 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1825
1826 if (s == NULL
1827 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1828 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1829 where = assign;
1830 }
1831 break;
1832 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1838 continue;
1839 }
1840 break;
1841 }
1842
1843 return where;
1844 }
1845
1846 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1847 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1848 const char *secname,
1849 int constraint,
1850 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1851 struct orphan_save *place,
1852 etree_type *address,
1853 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1854 {
1855 lang_statement_list_type add;
1856 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1857 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1858
1859 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1860 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1861 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1862 if (after != NULL)
1863 {
1864 lang_list_init (&add);
1865 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1866 }
1867
1868 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1869 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1870 address = exp_intop (0);
1871
1872 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1873 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1874 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1875
1876 if (add_child == NULL)
1877 add_child = &os->children;
1878 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1879
1880 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1881 {
1882 const char *region = (after->region
1883 ? after->region->name_list.name
1884 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1885 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1886 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1887 : NULL);
1888 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1889 lma_region);
1890 }
1891 else
1892 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1893 NULL);
1894
1895 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1896 if (after != NULL)
1897 pop_stat_ptr ();
1898
1899 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1900 {
1901 asection *snew, *as;
1902 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1903 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1904
1905 snew = os->bfd_section;
1906
1907 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1908 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1909 if (place->section == NULL
1910 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1911 {
1912 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1913
1914 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1915 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1916 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1917 output section. */
1918 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1919 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1920
1921 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1922 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1923 }
1924
1925 if (place->section == NULL)
1926 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1927
1928 as = *place->section;
1929
1930 if (!as)
1931 {
1932 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1933
1934 /* Unlink the section. */
1935 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1936
1937 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1938 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1939 }
1940 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1941 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1942 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1943 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1944 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1945 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1946 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1947 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1948 {
1949 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1950 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1951 section after a note section, */
1952 asection *sec;
1953 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1954 should be placed. */
1955 asection *after_sec;
1956 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1957 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1958 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1959
1960 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1961
1962 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1963 ascending order. */
1964 after_sec = NULL;
1965 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 {
1968 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1969 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1970 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1971
1972 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1973 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1974 (sec != NULL
1975 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1976 sec = sec->next)
1977 if (sec != snew
1978 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1979 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1980 {
1981 if (!first_orphan_note)
1982 first_orphan_note = sec;
1983 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1984 after_sec = sec;
1985 }
1986 else if (first_orphan_note)
1987 {
1988 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1989 orphan note section. */
1990 break;
1991 }
1992
1993 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1994 be placed at the default location. */
1995 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1996 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1997 {
1998 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1999 alignments, place the section before all
2000 output orphan note sections. */
2001 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2002 insert_after = FALSE;
2003 }
2004 }
2005 else if (first_orphan_note)
2006 {
2007 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2008 note sections. */
2009 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2010 after_sec = as;
2011 for (sec = as->next;
2012 (sec != NULL
2013 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2014 sec = sec->next)
2015 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2016 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2017 after_sec = sec;
2018 }
2019
2020 if (after_sec_note)
2021 {
2022 if (after_sec)
2023 {
2024 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2025 statement. */
2026 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2027 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2028 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2029 {
2030 next = stmt->next;
2031 if (insert_after)
2032 {
2033 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2034 {
2035 place_after = TRUE;
2036 found = TRUE;
2037 after = stmt;
2038 break;
2039 }
2040 }
2041 else
2042 {
2043 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2044 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2045 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2046 {
2047 place_after = TRUE;
2048 found = TRUE;
2049 after = stmt;
2050 break;
2051 }
2052 }
2053 }
2054
2055 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2056 statement. */
2057 if (!found)
2058 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2059 {
2060 if (insert_after)
2061 {
2062 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2063 {
2064 place_after = TRUE;
2065 after = stmt;
2066 break;
2067 }
2068 }
2069 else
2070 {
2071 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2072 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2073 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2074 {
2075 place_after = TRUE;
2076 after = stmt;
2077 break;
2078 }
2079 }
2080 }
2081 }
2082
2083 if (after_sec == NULL
2084 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2085 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2086 {
2087 /* Unlink the section. */
2088 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2089
2090 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2091 prepend SNEW. */
2092 if (after_sec)
2093 {
2094 if (insert_after)
2095 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2096 after_sec, snew);
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2099 after_sec, snew);
2100 }
2101 else
2102 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2103 }
2104 }
2105 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2106 {
2107 /* Unlink the section. */
2108 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2109
2110 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2111 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2112 as, snew);
2113 }
2114 }
2115 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2116 {
2117 /* Unlink the section. */
2118 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2119
2120 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2121 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2122 }
2123
2124 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2125 follow the one we've just added. */
2126 place->section = &snew->next;
2127
2128 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2129 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2130 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2131 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2132 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2133 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2134 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2135 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2136 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2137 if (add.head != NULL)
2138 {
2139 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2140
2141 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2142 if (place_after)
2143 {
2144 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2145
2146 *add.tail = *where;
2147 *where = add.head;
2148
2149 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2150 }
2151 else
2152 {
2153 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2154 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2155 *place->stmt = add.head;
2156 }
2157
2158 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2159 new list at the tail. */
2160 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2161 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2162
2163 /* Save the end of this list. */
2164 place->stmt = add.tail;
2165
2166 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2167 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2168 *os_tail = NULL;
2169 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2170 ((char *) place->os_tail
2171 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2172 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2173 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2174 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2175 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2176 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2177
2178 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2179 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2180 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2181 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2182 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2183 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2184 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2185 }
2186 }
2187 return os;
2188 }
2189
2190 static void
2191 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2192 {
2193 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2194
2195 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2196 return;
2197
2198 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2199
2200 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2201 {
2202 size_t len;
2203
2204 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2205 len = strlen (m->soname);
2206
2207 if (len >= 29)
2208 {
2209 print_nl ();
2210 len = 0;
2211 }
2212 while (len < 30)
2213 {
2214 print_space ();
2215 ++len;
2216 }
2217
2218 if (m->ref != NULL)
2219 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2220 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2221 }
2222 }
2223
2224 static void
2225 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2226 {
2227 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2228 minfo ("a");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2231 minfo ("x");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2234 minfo ("r");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2237 minfo ("w");
2238
2239 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2240 minfo ("l");
2241 }
2242
2243 void
2244 lang_map (void)
2245 {
2246 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2247 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2248
2249 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2250 {
2251 asection *s;
2252
2253 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2254 || file->flags.just_syms)
2255 continue;
2256
2257 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2258 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2259 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2260 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2261 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2262 {
2263 if (! dis_header_printed)
2264 {
2265 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2266 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2267 }
2268
2269 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2270 }
2271 }
2272
2273 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2274 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2275 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2276
2277 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2278 {
2279 char buf[100];
2280 int len;
2281
2282 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2283
2284 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2285 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2286 len = strlen (buf);
2287 while (len < 16)
2288 {
2289 print_space ();
2290 ++len;
2291 }
2292
2293 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2294 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2295 {
2296 #ifndef BFD64
2297 minfo (" ");
2298 #endif
2299 if (m->flags)
2300 {
2301 print_space ();
2302 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2303 }
2304
2305 if (m->not_flags)
2306 {
2307 minfo (" !");
2308 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2309 }
2310 }
2311
2312 print_nl ();
2313 }
2314
2315 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2316
2317 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2318 {
2319 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2320 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2321 }
2322 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2323 lang_statement_iteration++;
2324 print_statements ();
2325
2326 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2327 config.map_file);
2328 }
2329
2330 static bfd_boolean
2331 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2332 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2333 {
2334 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2335 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2336 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2337 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2338 {
2339 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2340 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2341
2342 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2343 if (!ud)
2344 {
2345 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2346 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2347 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2349 }
2350 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2351 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2352
2353 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2354 def->entry = hash_entry;
2355 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2356 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2357 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2358 }
2359 return TRUE;
2360 }
2361
2362 /* Initialize an output section. */
2363
2364 static void
2365 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2366 {
2367 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2368 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2369
2370 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2371 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2374 s->name, flags);
2375 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2376 {
2377 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2378 " called %s: %E\n"),
2379 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2380 }
2381 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2382 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2383
2384 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2385 statement to avoid lookup. */
2386 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2387
2388 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2389 mention are initialized. */
2390 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2392
2393 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2394 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2395
2396 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2397 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2398 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2399 "section alignment");
2400 }
2401
2402 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2403 initialized. */
2404
2405 static void
2406 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2407 {
2408 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2409 {
2410 case etree_assign:
2411 case etree_provide:
2412 case etree_provided:
2413 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2414 break;
2415
2416 case etree_binary:
2417 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2418 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2419 break;
2420
2421 case etree_trinary:
2422 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2423 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2424 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2425 break;
2426
2427 case etree_assert:
2428 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2429 break;
2430
2431 case etree_unary:
2432 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2433 break;
2434
2435 case etree_name:
2436 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2437 {
2438 case ADDR:
2439 case LOADADDR:
2440 case SIZEOF:
2441 {
2442 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2443
2444 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2445 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2446 init_os (os, 0);
2447 }
2448 }
2449 break;
2450
2451 default:
2452 break;
2453 }
2454 }
2455 \f
2456 static void
2457 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2458 {
2459 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2460
2461 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2462 discard all sections. */
2463 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2464 {
2465 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2466 return;
2467 }
2468
2469 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2470 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2471 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2472 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2473 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2474
2475 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2476 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2477 }
2478 \f
2479
2480 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2481 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2482
2483 static bfd_boolean
2484 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2485 {
2486 bfd_boolean discard;
2487 flagword flags = section->flags;
2488
2489 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2490 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2491
2492 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2493 sections from within the group. */
2494 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2495 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2496 discard = TRUE;
2497
2498 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2499 information. */
2500 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2501 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2502 discard = TRUE;
2503
2504 return discard;
2505 }
2506
2507 /* The wild routines.
2508
2509 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2510 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2511 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2512
2513 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2514 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2515
2516 void
2517 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2518 asection *section,
2519 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2520 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2521 {
2522 flagword flags = section->flags;
2523
2524 bfd_boolean discard;
2525 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2526 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2527
2528 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2529 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2530
2531 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2532 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2533 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2534 discard = TRUE;
2535
2536 if (discard)
2537 {
2538 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2539 {
2540 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2541 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2542 }
2543 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2544 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2545 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2546 NULL, section, section->owner);
2547
2548 return;
2549 }
2550
2551 if (sflag_info)
2552 {
2553 bfd_boolean keep;
2554
2555 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2556 if (!keep)
2557 return;
2558 }
2559
2560 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2561 {
2562 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2563 return;
2564
2565 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2566 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2567 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2568 return;
2569
2570 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2571 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2572 later. */
2573 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2574 return;
2575
2576 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2577 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2578 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2579 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2580 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2581 output->bfd_section);
2582
2583 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2584 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2585 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2586 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2587 }
2588
2589 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2590 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2591 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2592 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2593 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2594 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2595 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2596
2597 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2598 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2599 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2600 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2601 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2602 {
2603 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2604 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2605 else
2606 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2607 }
2608 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2609 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2610
2611 switch (output->sectype)
2612 {
2613 case normal_section:
2614 case overlay_section:
2615 case first_overlay_section:
2616 break;
2617 case noalloc_section:
2618 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2619 break;
2620 case noload_section:
2621 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2622 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2623 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2624 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2625 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2626 section. */
2627 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2628 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2629 else
2630 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2631 break;
2632 }
2633
2634 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2635 init_os (output, flags);
2636
2637 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2638 it from the output section. */
2639 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2640
2641 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2642 {
2643 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2644 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2645
2646 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2647 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2648 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2649 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2650 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2651 {
2652 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2653 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2654 }
2655 }
2656 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2657
2658 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2659 {
2660 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2661 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2662 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2663 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2664 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2665 link_info.output_bfd,
2666 output->bfd_section,
2667 &link_info);
2668 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2669 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2670 }
2671
2672 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2673 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2674 {
2675 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2676 output->block_value = 128;
2677 }
2678
2679 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2680 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2681
2682 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2683
2684 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2685 {
2686 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2687 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2688 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2689 section->map_tail.s = s;
2690 if (s != NULL)
2691 s->map_head.s = section;
2692 else
2693 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2694 }
2695
2696 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2697 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2698 new_section->section = section;
2699 }
2700
2701 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2702 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2703 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2704 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2705
2706 static lang_statement_union_type *
2707 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2708 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2709 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2710 asection *section)
2711 {
2712 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2713
2714 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2715 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2716 return NULL;
2717
2718 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2719 {
2720 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2721
2722 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2723 continue;
2724 ls = &l->input_section;
2725
2726 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2727 name. */
2728
2729 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2730 {
2731 const char *fn, *ln;
2732 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2733 int i;
2734
2735 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2736 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2737 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2738 archive. */
2739
2740 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2741 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2742 {
2743 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2744 fa = TRUE;
2745 }
2746 else
2747 {
2748 fn = file->filename;
2749 fa = FALSE;
2750 }
2751
2752 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2753 {
2754 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2755 la = TRUE;
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2760 la = FALSE;
2761 }
2762
2763 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2764 if (i > 0)
2765 continue;
2766 else if (i < 0)
2767 break;
2768
2769 if (fa || la)
2770 {
2771 if (fa)
2772 fn = file->filename;
2773 if (la)
2774 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2775
2776 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2777 if (i > 0)
2778 continue;
2779 else if (i < 0)
2780 break;
2781 }
2782 }
2783
2784 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2785 looking at the sections for this file. */
2786
2787 if (sec != NULL
2788 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2789 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2790 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2791 break;
2792 }
2793
2794 return l;
2795 }
2796
2797 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2798 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2799
2800 static void
2801 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2802 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2803 asection *section,
2804 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2805 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2806 void *output)
2807 {
2808 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2809 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2810
2811 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2812
2813 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2814 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2815 return;
2816
2817 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2818
2819 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2820 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2821 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2822 of the current list. */
2823
2824 if (before == NULL)
2825 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2826 else
2827 {
2828 lang_statement_list_type list;
2829 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2830
2831 lang_list_init (&list);
2832 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2833
2834 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2835 be NULL. */
2836 if (list.head != NULL)
2837 {
2838 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2839
2840 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2841 *pp != before;
2842 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2843 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2844
2845 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2846 *pp = list.head;
2847 }
2848 }
2849 }
2850
2851 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2852 are readonly. */
2853
2854 static void
2855 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2856 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2857 asection *section,
2858 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2859 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2860 void *output)
2861 {
2862 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2863
2864 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2865
2866 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2867 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2868 return;
2869
2870 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2871 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2872 }
2873
2874 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2875 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2876 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2877
2878 static lang_input_statement_type *
2879 lookup_name (const char *name)
2880 {
2881 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2882
2883 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2884 search != NULL;
2885 search = search->next_real_file)
2886 {
2887 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2888 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2889 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2890 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2891
2892 if (filename != NULL
2893 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2894 break;
2895 }
2896
2897 if (search == NULL)
2898 {
2899 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2900 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2901 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2902 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2903 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2904 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2905 lang_statement_union_type **after
2906 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2907 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2908 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2909 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2910 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2911 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2912 default_target);
2913 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2914 if (*tail == NULL)
2915 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2916 }
2917
2918 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2919 don't add this file. */
2920 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2921 return search;
2922
2923 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2924 return NULL;
2925
2926 return search;
2927 }
2928
2929 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2930
2931 struct excluded_lib
2932 {
2933 char *name;
2934 struct excluded_lib *next;
2935 };
2936 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2937
2938 void
2939 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2940 {
2941 const char *p = list, *end;
2942
2943 while (*p != '\0')
2944 {
2945 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2946 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2947 if (end == NULL)
2948 end = p + strlen (p);
2949 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2950 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2951 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2952 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2953 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2954 excluded_libs = entry;
2955 if (*end == '\0')
2956 break;
2957 p = end + 1;
2958 }
2959 }
2960
2961 static void
2962 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2963 {
2964 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2965
2966 while (lib)
2967 {
2968 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2969 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2970
2971 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2972 {
2973 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2974 return;
2975 }
2976
2977 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2978 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2979 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2980 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2981 {
2982 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2983 return;
2984 }
2985
2986 lib = lib->next;
2987 }
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2991
2992 bfd_boolean
2993 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2994 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2995 {
2996 char **matching;
2997
2998 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2999 return TRUE;
3000
3001 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3002
3003 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3004 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3005 return TRUE;
3006
3007 if (trace_files || verbose)
3008 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3009
3010 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3011 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3012 {
3013 bfd_error_type err;
3014 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3015 extern FILE *yyin;
3016
3017 err = bfd_get_error ();
3018
3019 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3020 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3021 return TRUE;
3022
3023 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3024 {
3025 char **p;
3026
3027 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3028 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3029 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3030 einfo (" %s", *p);
3031 einfo ("%F\n");
3032 }
3033 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3034 || place == NULL)
3035 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3036
3037 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3038 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3039
3040 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3041 save_flags = input_flags;
3042 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3043
3044 push_stat_ptr (place);
3045 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3046 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3047 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3048 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3049 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3050 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3051
3052 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3053 parser_input = input_script;
3054 yyparse ();
3055 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3056
3057 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3058 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3059 again. */
3060 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3061 input_flags = save_flags;
3062 pop_stat_ptr ();
3063 fclose (yyin);
3064 yyin = NULL;
3065 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3066
3067 return TRUE;
3068 }
3069
3070 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3071 return TRUE;
3072
3073 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3074 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3075 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3076 which is used. */
3077 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3078 {
3079 default:
3080 break;
3081
3082 case bfd_object:
3083 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3084 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3085 break;
3086
3087 case bfd_archive:
3088 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3089
3090 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3091 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3092 {
3093 bfd *member = NULL;
3094 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3095
3096 for (;;)
3097 {
3098 bfd *subsbfd;
3099 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3100
3101 if (member == NULL)
3102 break;
3103
3104 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3105 {
3106 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3107 entry->the_bfd, member);
3108 loaded = FALSE;
3109 }
3110
3111 subsbfd = member;
3112 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3113 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3114 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3115 abort ();
3116
3117 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3118 substitute BFD for us. */
3119 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3120 {
3121 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3122 loaded = FALSE;
3123 }
3124 }
3125
3126 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3127 return loaded;
3128 }
3129 break;
3130 }
3131
3132 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3133 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3134 else
3135 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3136
3137 return entry->flags.loaded;
3138 }
3139
3140 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3141 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3142 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3143 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3144 the output section. */
3145
3146 static void
3147 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3148 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3149 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3150 {
3151 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3152
3153 if (s->handler_data[0]
3154 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3155 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3156 {
3157 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3158
3159 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3160
3161 tree = s->tree;
3162 if (tree)
3163 {
3164 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3165 s->tree = NULL;
3166 }
3167 }
3168 else
3169 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3170
3171 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3172 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3173 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3174 {
3175 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3176 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3177 default_common_section = output;
3178 break;
3179 }
3180 }
3181
3182 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3183
3184 static int
3185 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3186 {
3187 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3188
3189 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3190 }
3191
3192 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3193
3194 static void
3195 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3196 {
3197 char c;
3198
3199 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3200 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3201
3202 *dest = 0;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3206 from haystack. */
3207
3208 static void
3209 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3210 {
3211 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3212
3213 if (haystack)
3214 {
3215 char *src;
3216
3217 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3218 *haystack++ = *src++;
3219
3220 *haystack = 0;
3221 }
3222 }
3223
3224 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3225 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3226
3227 static int
3228 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3229 {
3230 char *copy1;
3231 char *copy2;
3232 int result;
3233
3234 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3235 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3236
3237 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3238 stricpy (copy1, first);
3239 stricpy (copy2, second);
3240
3241 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3242 strcut (copy1, "big");
3243 strcut (copy1, "little");
3244 strcut (copy2, "big");
3245 strcut (copy2, "little");
3246
3247 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3248 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3249 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3250 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3251 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3252 {
3253 result *= 10;
3254 break;
3255 }
3256
3257 free (copy1);
3258 free (copy2);
3259
3260 return result;
3261 }
3262
3263 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3264 static const bfd_target *winner;
3265
3266 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3267 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3268 match to the original output target. */
3269
3270 static int
3271 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3272 {
3273 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3274
3275 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3276 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3277 return 0;
3278
3279 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3280 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3281 return 0;
3282
3283 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3284 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3285 return 0;
3286
3287 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3288 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3289 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3290 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3291 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3292 return 0;
3293
3294 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3295 if (winner == NULL)
3296 {
3297 winner = target;
3298 return 0;
3299 }
3300
3301 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3302 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3303 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3304 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3305 winner = target;
3306
3307 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3308 return 0;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3312
3313 static const char *
3314 get_first_input_target (void)
3315 {
3316 const char *target = NULL;
3317
3318 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3319 {
3320 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3321 && s->flags.real)
3322 {
3323 ldfile_open_file (s);
3324
3325 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3326 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3327 {
3328 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3329
3330 if (target != NULL)
3331 break;
3332 }
3333 }
3334 }
3335
3336 return target;
3337 }
3338
3339 const char *
3340 lang_get_output_target (void)
3341 {
3342 const char *target;
3343
3344 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3345 if (output_target != NULL)
3346 return output_target;
3347
3348 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3349 the default? */
3350 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3351 return current_target;
3352
3353 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3354 target = get_first_input_target ();
3355 if (target != NULL)
3356 return target;
3357
3358 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3359 return default_target;
3360 }
3361
3362 /* Open the output file. */
3363
3364 static void
3365 open_output (const char *name)
3366 {
3367 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3368
3369 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3370 line? */
3371 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3372 {
3373 /* Get the chosen target. */
3374 const bfd_target *target
3375 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3376
3377 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3378 if (target != NULL)
3379 {
3380 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3381
3382 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3383 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3384 else
3385 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3386
3387 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3388 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3389 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3390 this. */
3391 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3392 {
3393 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3394 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3395 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3396 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3397 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3398 else
3399 {
3400 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3401 the default target, but which has the desired
3402 endian characteristic. */
3403 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3404 (void *) target);
3405
3406 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3407 satisfy our requirements. */
3408 if (winner == NULL)
3409 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3410 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3411 else
3412 output_target = winner->name;
3413 }
3414 }
3415 }
3416 }
3417
3418 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3419
3420 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3421 {
3422 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3423 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3424
3425 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3426 }
3427
3428 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3429
3430 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3431 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3432 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3433 ldfile_output_architecture,
3434 ldfile_output_machine))
3435 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3436
3437 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3438 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3439 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3440
3441 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3442 }
3443
3444 static void
3445 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3446 {
3447 switch (statement->header.type)
3448 {
3449 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3450 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3451 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3452 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3453 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3454 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3455 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3456 else
3457 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3458 if (config.text_read_only)
3459 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3460 else
3461 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3462 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3463 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3464 else
3465 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3466 break;
3467
3468 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3469 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3470 break;
3471 default:
3472 break;
3473 }
3474 }
3475
3476 static void
3477 init_opb (asection *s)
3478 {
3479 unsigned int x;
3480
3481 opb_shift = 0;
3482 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3483 && s != NULL
3484 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3485 return;
3486
3487 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3488 ldfile_output_machine);
3489 if (x > 1)
3490 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3491 {
3492 x >>= 1;
3493 ++opb_shift;
3494 }
3495 ASSERT (x == 1);
3496 }
3497
3498 /* Open all the input files. */
3499
3500 enum open_bfd_mode
3501 {
3502 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3503 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3504 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3505 };
3506 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3507 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3508 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3509 #endif
3510
3511 static void
3512 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3513 {
3514 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3515 {
3516 switch (s->header.type)
3517 {
3518 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3519 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3520 break;
3521 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3522 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3523 break;
3524 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3525 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3526 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3527 && s->wild_statement.filename
3528 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3529 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3530 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3531 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3532 break;
3533 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3534 {
3535 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3536 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3537 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3538 #endif
3539
3540 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3541 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3542 symbols. */
3543
3544 do
3545 {
3546 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3547 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3548 #endif
3549 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3550 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3551 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3552 }
3553 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3554 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3555 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3556 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3557 undefs. */
3558 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3559 #endif
3560 );
3561 }
3562 break;
3563 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3564 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3565 break;
3566 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3567 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3568 {
3569 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3570 lang_statement_list_type add;
3571 bfd *abfd;
3572
3573 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3574
3575 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3576 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3577 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3578 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3579 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3580 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3581 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3582 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3583 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3584 #endif
3585 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3586 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3587 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3588 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3589 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3590 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3591 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3592 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3593 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3594 {
3595 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3596 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3597 }
3598
3599 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3600 lang_list_init (&add);
3601
3602 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3603 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3604
3605 if (add.head != NULL)
3606 {
3607 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3608 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3609 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3610 section statement list. Very likely the user
3611 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3612 naive user expectations. */
3613 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3614 {
3615 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3616 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3617 s->input_statement.filename);
3618 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3619 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3620 }
3621 else
3622 {
3623 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3624 s->header.next = add.head;
3625 }
3626 }
3627 }
3628 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3629 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3630 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3631 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3632 plugin_insert = NULL;
3633 #endif
3634 break;
3635 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3636 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3637 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3638 break;
3639 default:
3640 break;
3641 }
3642 }
3643
3644 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3645 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3646 einfo ("%F");
3647 }
3648
3649 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3650 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3651 on. */
3652
3653 static void
3654 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3655 {
3656 int any_ctf = 0;
3657 int err;
3658
3659 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3660 {
3661 asection *sect;
3662
3663 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_file_t in them
3664 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3665 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3666 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3667
3668 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3669 {
3670 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3671 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in `%pI' not loaded: "
3672 "its types will be discarded: `%s'\n"), file,
3673 ctf_errmsg (err));
3674 continue;
3675 }
3676
3677 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3678 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output. */
3679 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3680 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3681 sect->size = 0;
3682 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3683
3684 any_ctf = 1;
3685 }
3686
3687 if (!any_ctf)
3688 {
3689 ctf_output = NULL;
3690 return;
3691 }
3692
3693 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3694 return;
3695
3696 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3697 ctf_errmsg (err));
3698
3699 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3700 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3701 }
3702
3703 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3704 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3705
3706 static void
3707 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3708 {
3709 asection *output_sect;
3710
3711 if (!ctf_output)
3712 return;
3713
3714 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3715
3716 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3717 if (output_sect == NULL)
3718 {
3719 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3720 ctf_output = NULL;
3721
3722 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3723 {
3724 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3725 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3726 }
3727 return;
3728 }
3729
3730 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3731 {
3732 if (!file->the_ctf)
3733 continue;
3734
3735 /* Takes ownership of file->u.the_ctfa. */
3736 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3737 {
3738 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot link with CTF in %pB: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3739 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3740 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3741 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744 }
3745
3746 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED) < 0)
3747 {
3748 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF linking failed; output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3749 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3750 if (output_sect)
3751 {
3752 output_sect->size = 0;
3753 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3754 }
3755 }
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Let the emulation examine the symbol table and strtab to help it optimize the
3759 CTF, if supported. */
3760
3761 void
3762 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms, bfd_size_type symcount,
3763 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab)
3764 {
3765 ldemul_examine_strtab_for_ctf (ctf_output, syms, symcount, symstrtab);
3766 }
3767
3768 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3769 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3770 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3771 static void
3772 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3773 {
3774 size_t output_size;
3775 asection *output_sect;
3776
3777 if (!ctf_output)
3778 return;
3779
3780 if (late)
3781 {
3782 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3783 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3784 return;
3785 }
3786 else
3787 {
3788 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3789 return;
3790 }
3791
3792 /* Emit CTF. */
3793
3794 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3795 if (output_sect)
3796 {
3797 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3798 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3799 output_sect->size = output_size;
3800 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3801
3802 if (!output_sect->contents)
3803 {
3804 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF section emission failed; output will have no "
3805 "CTF section: %s\n"), ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3806 output_sect->size = 0;
3807 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3808 }
3809 }
3810
3811 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3812 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3813 ctf_output = NULL;
3814
3815 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3816 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3820
3821 void
3822 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3823 {
3824 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3825
3826 lang_write_ctf (1);
3827 }
3828
3829 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3830 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3831 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3832 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3833 name to the symbol table. */
3834
3835 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3836
3837 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3838
3839 void
3840 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3841 {
3842 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3843
3844 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3845 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3846 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3847 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3848
3849 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3850
3851 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3852 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3856
3857 static void
3858 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3859 {
3860 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3861
3862 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3863 if (h == NULL)
3864 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3865 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3866 {
3867 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3868 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3869 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3870 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3871 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3872 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3873 }
3874 }
3875
3876 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3877 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3878 script file. */
3879
3880 static void
3881 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3882 {
3883 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3884
3885 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3886 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3890 be defined. */
3891
3892 struct require_defined_symbol
3893 {
3894 const char *name;
3895 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3896 };
3897
3898 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3899
3900 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3901
3902 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3903 defined. */
3904
3905 void
3906 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3907 {
3908 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3909
3910 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3911 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3912 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3913 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3914 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3915 }
3916
3917 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3918 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3919
3920 static void
3921 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3922 {
3923 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3924
3925 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3926 {
3927 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3928
3929 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3930 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3931 if (h == NULL
3932 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3933 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3934 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3935 }
3936 }
3937
3938 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3939
3940 static void
3941 check_input_sections
3942 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3943 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3944 {
3945 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3946 {
3947 switch (s->header.type)
3948 {
3949 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3950 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3951 output_section_statement);
3952 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3953 return;
3954 break;
3955 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3956 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3957 output_section_statement);
3958 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3959 return;
3960 break;
3961 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3962 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3963 output_section_statement);
3964 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3965 return;
3966 break;
3967 default:
3968 break;
3969 }
3970 }
3971 }
3972
3973 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3974
3975 static void
3976 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3977 {
3978 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3979
3980 switch (sort_section)
3981 {
3982 default:
3983 FAIL ();
3984
3985 case none:
3986 break;
3987
3988 case by_name:
3989 case by_alignment:
3990 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3991 {
3992 switch (s->header.type)
3993 {
3994 default:
3995 break;
3996
3997 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3998 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3999 sec = sec->next)
4000 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4001 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4002 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4003 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4004 {
4005 case none:
4006 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4007 break;
4008 case by_name:
4009 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4010 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4011 break;
4012 case by_alignment:
4013 if (sort_section == by_name)
4014 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4015 break;
4016 default:
4017 break;
4018 }
4019 break;
4020
4021 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4022 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4023 break;
4024
4025 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4026 update_wild_statements
4027 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4028 break;
4029
4030 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4031 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4032 break;
4033 }
4034 }
4035 break;
4036 }
4037 }
4038
4039 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 map_input_to_output_sections
4043 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4044 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4045 {
4046 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4047 {
4048 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4049 flagword flags;
4050
4051 switch (s->header.type)
4052 {
4053 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4054 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4055 break;
4056 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4057 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4058 target,
4059 os);
4060 break;
4061 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4062 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4063 if (tos->constraint != 0)
4064 {
4065 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
4066 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
4067 break;
4068 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
4069 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4070 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4071 {
4072 tos->constraint = -1;
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 }
4076 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4077 target,
4078 tos);
4079 break;
4080 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4081 break;
4082 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4083 target = s->target_statement.target;
4084 break;
4085 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4086 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4087 target,
4088 os);
4089 break;
4090 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4091 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4092 are initialized. */
4093 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4094 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4095 these may be overridden by the script. */
4096 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4097 switch (os->sectype)
4098 {
4099 case normal_section:
4100 case overlay_section:
4101 case first_overlay_section:
4102 break;
4103 case noalloc_section:
4104 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4105 break;
4106 case noload_section:
4107 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4108 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4109 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4110 else
4111 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4112 break;
4113 }
4114 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4115 init_os (os, flags);
4116 else
4117 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4118 break;
4119 case lang_input_section_enum:
4120 break;
4121 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4122 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4123 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4124 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4125 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4126 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4127 init_os (os, 0);
4128 break;
4129 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4130 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4131 init_os (os, 0);
4132
4133 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4134 are initialized. */
4135 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4136 break;
4137 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4138 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4139 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4140 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4141 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4142 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4143 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4144 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4145 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4146 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4147 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4148 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4149 {
4150 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4151
4152 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4153 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4154 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4155 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4156 will affect following script sections, which is
4157 likely to surprise naive users. */
4158 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
4159 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4160 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4161 init_os (tos, 0);
4162 }
4163 break;
4164 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4165 break;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4171 start of the list and places them after the output section
4172 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4173 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4174 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4175 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4176 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4177 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4178 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4179 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4180 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4181 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4182 can end up looking odd. */
4183
4184 static void
4185 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4186 {
4187 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4188 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4189 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4190 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4191
4192 s = start;
4193 while (*s != NULL)
4194 {
4195 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4196 {
4197 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4198 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4199 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4200
4201 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4202 last_os = os;
4203
4204 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4205 won't match this output section statement. At this
4206 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4207 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4208 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4209 if (first_os == NULL)
4210 first_os = last_os;
4211 }
4212 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4213 {
4214 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4215 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4216 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4217 behaviour. For example:
4218 #! /bin/sh
4219 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4220 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4221 group statement for insert statements. */
4222 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4223 }
4224 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4225 {
4226 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4227 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4228 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4229 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4230
4231 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4232 {
4233 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4234 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4235 }
4236
4237 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4238 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4239 {
4240 do
4241 where = where->prev;
4242 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4243 }
4244 if (where == NULL)
4245 {
4246 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4247 return;
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4251 if (last_os != NULL)
4252 {
4253 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4254 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4255
4256 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4257 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4258 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4259 {
4260 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4261 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4262 }
4263 else
4264 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4265 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4266 last_os->next = where->next;
4267 if (where->next == NULL)
4268 {
4269 next = &last_os->next;
4270 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4271 }
4272 else
4273 where->next->prev = last_os;
4274 first_os->prev = where;
4275 where->next = first_os;
4276
4277 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4278 first_sec = NULL;
4279 last_sec = NULL;
4280 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4281 {
4282 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4283 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4284 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4285 {
4286 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4287 if (first_sec == NULL)
4288 first_sec = last_sec;
4289 }
4290 if (os == last_os)
4291 break;
4292 }
4293 if (last_sec != NULL)
4294 {
4295 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4296 if (sec == NULL)
4297 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4298
4299 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4300 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4301 section or if the section is the same as our
4302 last section, then no move is needed. */
4303 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4304 {
4305 /* Trim them off. */
4306 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4307 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4308 else
4309 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4310 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4311 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4312 else
4313 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4314 /* Add back. */
4315 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4316 if (sec->next != NULL)
4317 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4318 else
4319 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4320 first_sec->prev = sec;
4321 sec->next = first_sec;
4322 }
4323 }
4324
4325 first_os = NULL;
4326 last_os = NULL;
4327 }
4328
4329 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4330 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4331 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4332 first = *start;
4333 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4334 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4335 *s = *ptr;
4336 if (*s == NULL)
4337 statement_list.tail = s;
4338 *ptr = first;
4339 s = start;
4340 continue;
4341 }
4342 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4343 }
4344
4345 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4346 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4347 {
4348 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4349 if (os == last_os)
4350 break;
4351 }
4352 }
4353
4354 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4355 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4356 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4357
4358 void
4359 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4360 {
4361 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4362
4363 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4364 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4365 {
4366 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4367 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4368 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4369 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4370 }
4371
4372 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4373 os != NULL;
4374 os = os->next)
4375 {
4376 asection *output_section;
4377 bfd_boolean exclude;
4378
4379 if (os->constraint < 0)
4380 continue;
4381
4382 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4383 if (output_section == NULL)
4384 continue;
4385
4386 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4387 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4388 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4389 output_section));
4390
4391 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4392 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4393 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4394 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4395 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4396 {
4397 asection *s;
4398
4399 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4400 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4401 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4402 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4403 {
4404 exclude = FALSE;
4405 break;
4406 }
4407 }
4408
4409 if (exclude)
4410 {
4411 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4412 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4413 if (!os->update_dot)
4414 os->ignored = TRUE;
4415 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4416 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4417 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4418 }
4419 }
4420 }
4421
4422 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4423 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4424
4425 void
4426 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4427 {
4428 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4429
4430 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4431 return;
4432
4433 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4434 os != NULL;
4435 os = os->next)
4436 {
4437 asection *output_section;
4438
4439 if (os->constraint < 0)
4440 continue;
4441
4442 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4443 if (output_section == NULL)
4444 continue;
4445
4446 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4447 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4448 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4449 }
4450
4451 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4452 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4453 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4454 }
4455
4456 static void
4457 print_output_section_statement
4458 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4459 {
4460 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4461 int len;
4462
4463 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4464 {
4465 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4466
4467 if (section != NULL)
4468 {
4469 print_dot = section->vma;
4470
4471 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4472 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4473 {
4474 print_nl ();
4475 len = 0;
4476 }
4477 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4478 {
4479 print_space ();
4480 ++len;
4481 }
4482
4483 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4484
4485 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4486 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4487
4488 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4489 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4490 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4491 }
4492
4493 print_nl ();
4494 }
4495
4496 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4497 output_section_statement);
4498 }
4499
4500 static void
4501 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4502 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4503 {
4504 unsigned int i;
4505 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4506 etree_type *tree;
4507 asection *osec;
4508
4509 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4510 print_space ();
4511
4512 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4513 {
4514 is_dot = FALSE;
4515 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4516 }
4517 else
4518 {
4519 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4520
4521 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4522 tree = assignment->exp;
4523 }
4524
4525 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4526 if (osec == NULL)
4527 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4528
4529 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4530 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4531 else
4532 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4533
4534 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4535 {
4536 bfd_vma value;
4537
4538 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4539 || is_dot
4540 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4541 {
4542 value = expld.result.value;
4543
4544 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4545 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4546
4547 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4548 if (is_dot)
4549 print_dot = value;
4550 }
4551 else
4552 {
4553 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4554
4555 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4556 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4557 if (h != NULL
4558 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4559 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4560 {
4561 value = h->u.def.value;
4562 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4563 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4564
4565 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4566 }
4567 else
4568 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4569 }
4570 }
4571 else
4572 {
4573 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4574 minfo ("[!provide]");
4575 else
4576 minfo ("*undef* ");
4577 #ifdef BFD64
4578 minfo (" ");
4579 #endif
4580 }
4581 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4582
4583 minfo (" ");
4584 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4585 print_nl ();
4586 }
4587
4588 static void
4589 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4590 {
4591 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4592 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4593 }
4594
4595 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4596 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4597
4598 static bfd_boolean
4599 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4600 {
4601 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4602
4603 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4604 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4605 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4606 {
4607 int i;
4608
4609 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4610 print_space ();
4611 minfo ("0x%V ",
4612 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4613 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4614 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4615
4616 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4617 }
4618
4619 return TRUE;
4620 }
4621
4622 static int
4623 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4624 {
4625 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4626 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4627
4628 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4629 return -1;
4630 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4631 return 1;
4632 else
4633 return 0;
4634 }
4635
4636 static void
4637 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4638 {
4639 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4640 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4641 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4642 unsigned int i;
4643
4644 if (!ud)
4645 return;
4646
4647 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4648
4649 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4650 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4651 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4652 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4653
4654 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4655 entries[i] = def->entry;
4656
4657 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4658 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4659
4660 /* Print the symbols. */
4661 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4662 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4663
4664 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4668
4669 static void
4670 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4671 {
4672 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4673 int len;
4674 bfd_vma addr;
4675
4676 init_opb (i);
4677
4678 print_space ();
4679 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4680
4681 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4682 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4683 {
4684 print_nl ();
4685 len = 0;
4686 }
4687 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4688 {
4689 print_space ();
4690 ++len;
4691 }
4692
4693 if (i->output_section != NULL
4694 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4695 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4696 else
4697 {
4698 addr = print_dot;
4699 if (!is_discarded)
4700 size = 0;
4701 }
4702
4703 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4704
4705 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4706 {
4707 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4708 #ifdef BFD64
4709 len += 16;
4710 #else
4711 len += 8;
4712 #endif
4713 while (len > 0)
4714 {
4715 print_space ();
4716 --len;
4717 }
4718
4719 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4720 }
4721
4722 if (i->output_section != NULL
4723 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4724 {
4725 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4726 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4727 else
4728 print_all_symbols (i);
4729
4730 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4731 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4732 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4733 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4734 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4735 }
4736 }
4737
4738 static void
4739 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4740 {
4741 size_t size;
4742 unsigned char *p;
4743 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4744 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4745 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4746 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4747 }
4748
4749 static void
4750 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4751 {
4752 int i;
4753 bfd_vma addr;
4754 bfd_size_type size;
4755 const char *name;
4756
4757 init_opb (data->output_section);
4758 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4759 print_space ();
4760
4761 addr = data->output_offset;
4762 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4763 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4764
4765 switch (data->type)
4766 {
4767 default:
4768 abort ();
4769 case BYTE:
4770 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4771 name = "BYTE";
4772 break;
4773 case SHORT:
4774 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4775 name = "SHORT";
4776 break;
4777 case LONG:
4778 size = LONG_SIZE;
4779 name = "LONG";
4780 break;
4781 case QUAD:
4782 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4783 name = "QUAD";
4784 break;
4785 case SQUAD:
4786 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4787 name = "SQUAD";
4788 break;
4789 }
4790
4791 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4792 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4793 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4794
4795 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4796 {
4797 print_space ();
4798 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4799 }
4800
4801 print_nl ();
4802
4803 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4804 }
4805
4806 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4807 -Ttext. */
4808
4809 static void
4810 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4811 {
4812 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4813 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4814 print_nl ();
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4818
4819 static void
4820 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4821 {
4822 int i;
4823 bfd_vma addr;
4824 bfd_size_type size;
4825
4826 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4827 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4828 print_space ();
4829
4830 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4831 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4832 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4833
4834 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4835
4836 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4837
4838 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4839 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4840 else
4841 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4842
4843 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4844
4845 print_nl ();
4846
4847 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4848 }
4849
4850 static void
4851 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4852 {
4853 int len;
4854 bfd_vma addr;
4855
4856 init_opb (s->output_section);
4857 minfo (" *fill*");
4858
4859 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4860 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4861 {
4862 print_space ();
4863 ++len;
4864 }
4865
4866 addr = s->output_offset;
4867 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4868 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4869 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4870
4871 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4872 {
4873 size_t size;
4874 unsigned char *p;
4875 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4876 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4877 }
4878
4879 print_nl ();
4880
4881 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4882 }
4883
4884 static void
4885 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4886 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4887 {
4888 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4889
4890 print_space ();
4891
4892 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4893 {
4894 name_list *tmp;
4895 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4896 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4897 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4898 minfo (") ");
4899 }
4900
4901 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4902 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4903 if (w->filename != NULL)
4904 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4905 else
4906 minfo ("*");
4907 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4908 minfo (")");
4909
4910 minfo ("(");
4911 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4912 {
4913 int closing_paren = 0;
4914
4915 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4916 {
4917 case none:
4918 break;
4919
4920 case by_name:
4921 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4922 closing_paren = 1;
4923 break;
4924
4925 case by_alignment:
4926 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4927 closing_paren = 1;
4928 break;
4929
4930 case by_name_alignment:
4931 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4932 closing_paren = 2;
4933 break;
4934
4935 case by_alignment_name:
4936 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4937 closing_paren = 2;
4938 break;
4939
4940 case by_none:
4941 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4942 closing_paren = 1;
4943 break;
4944
4945 case by_init_priority:
4946 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4947 closing_paren = 1;
4948 break;
4949 }
4950
4951 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4952 {
4953 name_list *tmp;
4954 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4955 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4956 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4957 minfo (") ");
4958 }
4959 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4960 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4961 else
4962 minfo ("*");
4963 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4964 minfo (")");
4965 if (sec->next)
4966 minfo (" ");
4967 }
4968 minfo (")");
4969
4970 print_nl ();
4971
4972 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4973 }
4974
4975 /* Print a group statement. */
4976
4977 static void
4978 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4979 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4980 {
4981 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4982 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4983 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4984 }
4985
4986 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4987 This can be called for any statement type. */
4988
4989 static void
4990 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4991 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4992 {
4993 while (s != NULL)
4994 {
4995 print_statement (s, os);
4996 s = s->header.next;
4997 }
4998 }
4999
5000 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5001 This can be called for any statement type. */
5002
5003 static void
5004 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5005 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5006 {
5007 switch (s->header.type)
5008 {
5009 default:
5010 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5011 FAIL ();
5012 break;
5013 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5014 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5015 {
5016 if (constructors_sorted)
5017 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5018 else
5019 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5020 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5021 }
5022 break;
5023 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5024 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5025 break;
5026 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5027 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5028 break;
5029 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5030 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5031 break;
5032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5033 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5034 break;
5035 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5036 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5037 break;
5038 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5039 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5040 break;
5041 case lang_input_section_enum:
5042 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
5043 break;
5044 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5045 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5046 break;
5047 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5048 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5049 break;
5050 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5051 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5052 break;
5053 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5054 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5055 break;
5056 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5057 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5058 if (output_target != NULL)
5059 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5060 minfo (")\n");
5061 break;
5062 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5063 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5064 break;
5065 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5066 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5067 break;
5068 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5069 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5070 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5071 s->insert_statement.where);
5072 break;
5073 }
5074 }
5075
5076 static void
5077 print_statements (void)
5078 {
5079 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5080 }
5081
5082 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5083 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5084 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5085 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5086
5087 void
5088 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5089 {
5090 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5091
5092 config.map_file = stderr;
5093
5094 if (n < 0)
5095 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5096 else
5097 {
5098 while (s && --n >= 0)
5099 {
5100 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5101 s = s->header.next;
5102 }
5103 }
5104
5105 config.map_file = map_save;
5106 }
5107
5108 static void
5109 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5110 fill_type *fill,
5111 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5112 asection *output_section,
5113 bfd_vma dot)
5114 {
5115 static fill_type zero_fill;
5116 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5117
5118 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5119 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5120 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5121 if (pad != NULL
5122 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5123 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5124 {
5125 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5126 }
5127 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5128 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5129 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5130 {
5131 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5132 }
5133 else
5134 {
5135 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5136 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5137 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5138 *ptr = pad;
5139 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5140 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5141 if (fill == NULL)
5142 fill = &zero_fill;
5143 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5144 }
5145 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5146 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5147 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5148 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5149 - output_section->vma);
5150 }
5151
5152 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5153
5154 static bfd_vma
5155 size_input_section
5156 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5157 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5158 fill_type *fill,
5159 bfd_boolean *removed,
5160 bfd_vma dot)
5161 {
5162 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5163 asection *i = is->section;
5164 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5165 *removed = 0;
5166
5167 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5168 {
5169 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5170 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5171 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5172 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5173 have reinitialized its size. */
5174 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5175 {
5176 *removed = 1;
5177 return dot;
5178 }
5179 }
5180
5181 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5182 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5183 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5184 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5185 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5186 else
5187 {
5188 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5189
5190 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5191 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5192 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5193 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5194
5195 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5196 i->alignment_power
5197 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5198 "subsection alignment");
5199
5200 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5201 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5202
5203 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5204
5205 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5206 {
5207 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5208 dot += alignment_needed;
5209 }
5210
5211 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5212 {
5213 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5214 list. */
5215 if (output_section_statement->region)
5216 {
5217 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5218 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5219
5220 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5221 {
5222 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5223 {
5224 einfo (_("Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5225 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5226 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5227 abort();
5228 }
5229
5230 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5231 {
5232 einfo (_("Relaxation not supported with "
5233 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5234 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5235 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5236 abort();
5237 }
5238
5239 *removed = 1;
5240 dot = end;
5241 i->output_section = NULL;
5242 return dot;
5243 }
5244 }
5245 }
5246
5247 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5248 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5249
5250 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5251 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5252 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5253 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5254
5255 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5256 {
5257 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5258 its actual output section too. */
5259 i->already_assigned = o;
5260 i->output_section = o;
5261 }
5262 }
5263
5264 return dot;
5265 }
5266
5267 struct check_sec
5268 {
5269 asection *sec;
5270 bfd_boolean warned;
5271 };
5272
5273 static int
5274 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5275 {
5276 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5277 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5278
5279 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5280 return -1;
5281 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5282 return 1;
5283 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5284 return -1;
5285 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5286 return 1;
5287
5288 return 0;
5289 }
5290
5291 static int
5292 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5293 {
5294 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5295 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5296
5297 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5298 return -1;
5299 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5300 return 1;
5301 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5302 return -1;
5303 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5304 return 1;
5305
5306 return 0;
5307 }
5308
5309 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5310 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5311
5312 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5313 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5314
5315 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5316 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5317 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5318 region has overflowed. */
5319
5320 static void
5321 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5322 {
5323 asection *s, *p;
5324 struct check_sec *sections;
5325 size_t i, count;
5326 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5327 bfd_vma s_start;
5328 bfd_vma s_end;
5329 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5330 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5331 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5332 bfd_boolean overlays;
5333
5334 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5335 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5336 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5337 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5338 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5339 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5340 {
5341 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5342 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5343 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5344 s->name);
5345 else
5346 {
5347 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5348 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5349 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5350 s->name);
5351 }
5352 }
5353
5354 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5355 return;
5356
5357 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5358 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5359
5360 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5361 count = 0;
5362 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5363 {
5364 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5365 || s->size == 0)
5366 continue;
5367
5368 sections[count].sec = s;
5369 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5370 count++;
5371 }
5372
5373 if (count <= 1)
5374 {
5375 free (sections);
5376 return;
5377 }
5378
5379 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5380
5381 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5382 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5383 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5384 {
5385 s = sections[i].sec;
5386 init_opb (s);
5387 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5388 {
5389 s_start = s->lma;
5390 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5391
5392 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5393 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5394 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5395 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5396 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5397 if (p != NULL
5398 && (s_start <= p_end
5399 || p_end < p_start))
5400 {
5401 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5402 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5403 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5404 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5405 }
5406 p = s;
5407 p_start = s_start;
5408 p_end = s_end;
5409 }
5410 }
5411
5412 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5413 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5414 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5415 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5416 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5417 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5418 overlays = FALSE;
5419 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5420 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5421 {
5422 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5423 if (p_start == s_start)
5424 {
5425 overlays = TRUE;
5426 break;
5427 }
5428 p_start = s_start;
5429 }
5430
5431 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5432 if (!overlays)
5433 {
5434 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5435 {
5436 s = sections[i].sec;
5437 init_opb (s);
5438 s_start = s->vma;
5439 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5440
5441 if (p != NULL
5442 && !sections[i].warned
5443 && (s_start <= p_end
5444 || p_end < p_start))
5445 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5446 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5447 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5448 p = s;
5449 p_start = s_start;
5450 p_end = s_end;
5451 }
5452 }
5453
5454 free (sections);
5455
5456 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5457 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5458 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5459 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5460
5461 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5462 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5463 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5464 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5465 if (m->had_full_message)
5466 {
5467 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5468 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5469 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5470 over),
5471 m->name_list.name, over);
5472 }
5473 }
5474
5475 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5476 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5477 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5478 calculation wraps around. */
5479
5480 static void
5481 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5482 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5483 etree_type *tree,
5484 bfd_vma rbase)
5485 {
5486 if ((region->current < region->origin
5487 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5488 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5489 || rbase == 0))
5490 {
5491 if (tree != NULL)
5492 {
5493 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5494 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5495 region->current,
5496 os->bfd_section->owner,
5497 os->bfd_section->name,
5498 region->name_list.name);
5499 }
5500 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5501 {
5502 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5503
5504 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5505 os->bfd_section->owner,
5506 os->bfd_section->name,
5507 region->name_list.name);
5508 }
5509 }
5510 }
5511
5512 static void
5513 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5514 seg_align_type *seg)
5515 {
5516 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5517 {
5518 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5519 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5520 else
5521 {
5522 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5523 }
5524 }
5525 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5526 {
5527 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5528 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5529 else
5530 {
5531 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5532 }
5533 }
5534 }
5535
5536 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5537
5538 static bfd_vma
5539 lang_size_sections_1
5540 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5541 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5542 fill_type *fill,
5543 bfd_vma dot,
5544 bfd_boolean *relax,
5545 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5546 {
5547 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5548 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5549 bfd_boolean removed_prev_s = FALSE;
5550
5551 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5552 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5553 {
5554 bfd_boolean removed=FALSE;
5555
5556 switch (s->header.type)
5557 {
5558 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5559 {
5560 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5561 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5562 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5563 int section_alignment = 0;
5564
5565 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5566 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5567 if (os->constraint == -1)
5568 break;
5569
5570 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5571 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5572 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5573 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5574 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5575 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5576 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5577 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5578 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5579 {
5580 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5581 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5582
5583 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5584 {
5585 dot = expld.result.value;
5586 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5587 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5588 }
5589 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5590 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5591 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5592 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5593 }
5594
5595 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5596 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5597 break;
5598
5599 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5600 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5601 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5602 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5603 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5604 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5605 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5606 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5607 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5608 {
5609 asection *input;
5610
5611 if (os->children.head == NULL
5612 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5613 || (os->children.head->header.type
5614 != lang_input_section_enum))
5615 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5616 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5617
5618 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5619 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5620 bfd_section_vma (input));
5621 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5622 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5623 break;
5624 }
5625
5626 newdot = dot;
5627 dotdelta = 0;
5628 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5629 {
5630 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5631 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5632 }
5633 else
5634 {
5635 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5636 {
5637 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5638 from the region specification. */
5639 if (os->region == NULL
5640 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5641 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5642 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5643 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5644 {
5645 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5646 }
5647
5648 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5649 region, and some non default memory regions were
5650 defined, issue an error message. */
5651 if (!os->ignored
5652 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5653 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5654 && check_regions
5655 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5656 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5657 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5658 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5659 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5660 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5661 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5662 {
5663 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5664 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5665 default memory region we can end up creating an
5666 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5667 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5668 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5669 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5670 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5671 switch. */
5672 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5673 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5674 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5675 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5676 else
5677 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5678 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5679 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5680 }
5681
5682 newdot = os->region->current;
5683 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5684 }
5685 else
5686 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5687 "section alignment");
5688
5689 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5690 if (section_alignment > 0)
5691 {
5692 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5693 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5694
5695 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5696 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5697
5698 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5699 diff = dotdelta;
5700 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5701 {
5702 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5703 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5704 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5705 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5706 diff = 0;
5707 }
5708 if (diff != 0
5709 && (config.warn_section_align
5710 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5711 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5712 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5713 os->name, (long) diff);
5714 }
5715
5716 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5717
5718 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5719 }
5720
5721 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5722 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5723
5724 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5725
5726 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5727 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5728 no output section should change from zero size
5729 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5730 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5731 input section was not sized early enough. */
5732 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5733 else
5734 {
5735 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5736
5737 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5738 align at the block boundary. */
5739 after = ((dot
5740 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5741 + os->block_value - 1)
5742 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5743
5744 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5745 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5746 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5747 }
5748
5749 /* Set section lma. */
5750 r = os->region;
5751 if (r == NULL)
5752 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5753
5754 if (os->load_base)
5755 {
5756 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5757 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5758 }
5759 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5760 {
5761 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5762
5763 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5764 lma += dotdelta;
5765 else
5766 {
5767 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5768 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5769 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5770 only align according to the value in the output
5771 statement. */
5772 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5773 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5774 "section alignment");
5775 if (section_alignment > 0)
5776 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5777 }
5778 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5779 }
5780 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5781 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5782 {
5783 bfd_vma lma;
5784 asection *last;
5785
5786 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5787
5788 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5789 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5790 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5791 create overlapping LMAs. */
5792 if (dot < last->vma
5793 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5794 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5795 {
5796 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5797 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5798 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5799 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5800 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5801
5802 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5803 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5804 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5805 }
5806 else
5807 {
5808 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5809 at the end of the previous section. */
5810 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5811 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5812
5813 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5814 as the previous section. */
5815 else
5816 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5817
5818 if (section_alignment > 0)
5819 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5820 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5821 }
5822 }
5823 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5824
5825 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5826 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5827 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5828 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5829 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5830 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5831 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5832 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5833 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5834 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5835 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5836 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5837 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5838 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5839 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5840 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5841 || (r->last_os == NULL
5842 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5843 || (r->last_os != NULL
5844 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5845 .bfd_section->vma))))
5846 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5847 && os->lma_region == NULL
5848 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5849 r->last_os = s;
5850
5851 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5852 break;
5853
5854 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5855 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5856 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5857 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5858 else
5859 dotdelta = 0;
5860 dot += dotdelta;
5861
5862 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5863 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5864
5865 /* Update dot in the region ?
5866 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5867 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5868 overall size in memory. */
5869 if (os->region != NULL
5870 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5871 {
5872 os->region->current = dot;
5873
5874 if (check_regions)
5875 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5876 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5877 os->bfd_section->vma);
5878
5879 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5880 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5881 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5882 {
5883 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5884
5885 if (check_regions)
5886 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5887 os->bfd_section->lma);
5888 }
5889 }
5890 }
5891 break;
5892
5893 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5894 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5895 output_section_statement,
5896 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5897 break;
5898
5899 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5900 {
5901 unsigned int size = 0;
5902
5903 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5904 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5905 s->data_statement.output_section =
5906 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5907
5908 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5909 need to mark them as needed. */
5910 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5911
5912 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5913 {
5914 default:
5915 abort ();
5916 case QUAD:
5917 case SQUAD:
5918 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5919 break;
5920 case LONG:
5921 size = LONG_SIZE;
5922 break;
5923 case SHORT:
5924 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5925 break;
5926 case BYTE:
5927 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5928 break;
5929 }
5930 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5931 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5932 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5933 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5934 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5935 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5936 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5937
5938 }
5939 break;
5940
5941 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5942 {
5943 int size;
5944
5945 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5946 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5947 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5948 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5949 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5950 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5951 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5952 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5953 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5954 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5955 }
5956 break;
5957
5958 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5959 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5960 output_section_statement,
5961 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5962 break;
5963
5964 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5965 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5966 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5967 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5968 break;
5969
5970 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5971 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5972 break;
5973
5974 case lang_input_section_enum:
5975 {
5976 asection *i;
5977
5978 i = s->input_section.section;
5979 if (relax)
5980 {
5981 bfd_boolean again;
5982
5983 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5984 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5985 if (again)
5986 *relax = TRUE;
5987 }
5988 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5989 fill, &removed, dot);
5990 }
5991 break;
5992
5993 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5994 break;
5995
5996 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5997 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5998 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5999
6000 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6001 break;
6002
6003 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6004 {
6005 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6006 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6007
6008 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6009
6010 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6011 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6012 &newdot);
6013
6014 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
6015
6016 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6017
6018 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6019 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6020 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6021 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6022 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6023 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6024
6025 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6026 {
6027 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6028 {
6029 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6030 the default memory address. */
6031 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6032 FALSE)->current = newdot;
6033 }
6034 else if (newdot != dot)
6035 {
6036 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6037 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6038 assignment references dot. */
6039 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6040 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6041
6042 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6043 s = s->header.next;
6044
6045 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6046 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6047 user has explicitly stated that the section
6048 should not be allocated. */
6049 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6050 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6051 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6052 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6053 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6054 }
6055 dot = newdot;
6056 }
6057 }
6058 break;
6059
6060 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6061 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6062 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6063 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6064 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6065 will be added back in. */
6066 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6067
6068 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6069 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6070 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6071 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6072 a pad size of zero. */
6073 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6074 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6075 break;
6076
6077 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6078 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6079 output_section_statement,
6080 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6081 break;
6082
6083 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6084 break;
6085
6086 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6087 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6088 break;
6089
6090 default:
6091 FAIL ();
6092 break;
6093 }
6094
6095 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6096 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6097 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6098 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6099 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6100 {
6101 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6102 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6103 if (removed_prev_s)
6104 prev_s = NULL;
6105
6106 if (prev_s)
6107 {
6108 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6109 the current one. */
6110 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6111 s = prev_s;
6112 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6113 }
6114 else
6115 {
6116 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6117 *prev = s->header.next;
6118 removed_prev_s = TRUE;
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6122 list. */
6123 if (!removed_prev_s)
6124 prev = &s->header.next;
6125 }
6126 else
6127 {
6128 prev = &s->header.next;
6129 removed_prev_s = FALSE;
6130 }
6131 }
6132 return dot;
6133 }
6134
6135 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6136 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6137 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6138 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6139
6140 bfd_boolean
6141 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6142 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6143 asection *current_section,
6144 asection *previous_section,
6145 bfd_boolean new_segment)
6146 {
6147 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6148 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6149
6150 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6151 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6152 if (new_segment)
6153 return TRUE;
6154
6155 /* Paranoia checks. */
6156 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6157 return new_segment;
6158
6159 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6160 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6161 if (config.separate_code
6162 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6163 return TRUE;
6164
6165 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6166 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6167 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6168 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6169 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6170 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6171
6172 /* More paranoia. */
6173 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6174 return new_segment;
6175
6176 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6177 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6178 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6179 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6180 return cur->region != prev->region;
6181 }
6182
6183 void
6184 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6185 {
6186 lang_statement_iteration++;
6187 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6188 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6189 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6190 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6191 }
6192
6193 static bfd_boolean
6194 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6195 {
6196 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6197 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6198 bfd_vma first, last;
6199
6200 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6201 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6202 if (first && last
6203 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6204 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6205 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6206 {
6207 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6208 return TRUE;
6209 }
6210
6211 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6212 return FALSE;
6213 }
6214
6215 static bfd_vma
6216 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6217 {
6218 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6219 asection *sec;
6220
6221 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6222 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6223 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6224
6225 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6226 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6227
6228 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6229 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6230 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6231 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6232 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6233 {
6234 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6235 desired? */
6236 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6237
6238 end = start = sec->vma;
6239 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6240 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6241 bump = desired_end - end;
6242 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6243 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6244 start += bump;
6245 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6246 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6247 desired_end = start;
6248 }
6249
6250 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6251 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6252 seg->base = desired_end;
6253 return relro_end;
6254 }
6255
6256 static bfd_boolean
6257 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6258 {
6259 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
6260 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
6261 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6262
6263 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6264 {
6265 do_data_relro = TRUE;
6266 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6267 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6268 }
6269 else
6270 {
6271 do_data_relro = FALSE;
6272 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6273 }
6274
6275 if (do_data_relro)
6276 {
6277 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6278 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6279
6280 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6281 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6282 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6283 {
6284 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6285 do_reset = TRUE;
6286 }
6287 }
6288
6289 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6290 do_reset = TRUE;
6291
6292 return do_reset;
6293 }
6294
6295 void
6296 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6297 {
6298 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6299 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6300
6301 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6302
6303 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6304 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6305
6306 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6307 {
6308 bfd_boolean do_reset
6309 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6310
6311 if (do_reset)
6312 {
6313 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6314 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6315 }
6316
6317 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6318 {
6319 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6320 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6321 }
6322 }
6323 }
6324
6325 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6326 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6327 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
6328
6329 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6330
6331 static bfd_vma
6332 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6333 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6334 fill_type *fill,
6335 bfd_vma dot,
6336 bfd_boolean *found_end)
6337 {
6338 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6339 {
6340 switch (s->header.type)
6341 {
6342 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6343 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6344 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6345 break;
6346
6347 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6348 {
6349 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6350 bfd_vma newdot;
6351
6352 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6353 os->after_end = *found_end;
6354 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6355 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6356 {
6357 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6358 {
6359 current_section = os;
6360 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6361 }
6362 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6363 }
6364 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6365 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6366 if (!os->ignored)
6367 {
6368 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6369 {
6370 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6371 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6372 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6373 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6374
6375 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6376 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6377 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6378 }
6379 else
6380 dot = newdot;
6381 }
6382 }
6383 break;
6384
6385 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6386
6387 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6388 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6389 break;
6390
6391 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6392 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6393 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6394 break;
6395
6396 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6397 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6398 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6399 {
6400 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6401 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6402 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6403 }
6404 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6405 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6406 {
6407 unsigned int size;
6408 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6409 {
6410 default:
6411 abort ();
6412 case QUAD:
6413 case SQUAD:
6414 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6415 break;
6416 case LONG:
6417 size = LONG_SIZE;
6418 break;
6419 case SHORT:
6420 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6421 break;
6422 case BYTE:
6423 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6424 break;
6425 }
6426 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6427 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6428 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6429 }
6430 break;
6431
6432 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6433 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6434 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6435 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6436 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6437 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6438 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6439 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6440 break;
6441
6442 case lang_input_section_enum:
6443 {
6444 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6445
6446 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6447 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6448 }
6449 break;
6450
6451 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6452 break;
6453
6454 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6455 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6456 break;
6457
6458 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6459 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6460 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6461 {
6462 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6463
6464 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6465 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6466
6467 while (*p == '_')
6468 ++p;
6469 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6470 *found_end = TRUE;
6471 }
6472 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6473 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6474 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6475 &dot);
6476 break;
6477
6478 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6479 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6480 break;
6481
6482 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6483 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6484 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6485 break;
6486
6487 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6488 break;
6489
6490 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6491 break;
6492
6493 default:
6494 FAIL ();
6495 break;
6496 }
6497 }
6498 return dot;
6499 }
6500
6501 void
6502 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6503 {
6504 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6505
6506 current_section = NULL;
6507 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6508 expld.phase = phase;
6509 lang_statement_iteration++;
6510 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6511 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6512 }
6513
6514 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6515 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6516 of "dot". */
6517
6518 asection *
6519 section_for_dot (void)
6520 {
6521 asection *s;
6522
6523 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6524 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6525 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6526 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6527 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6528 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6529 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6530 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6531 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6532 {
6533 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6534 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6535
6536 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6537 stmt != NULL;
6538 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6539 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6540 break;
6541
6542 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6543 while (os != NULL
6544 && !os->after_end
6545 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6546 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6547 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6548 os->bfd_section)))
6549 os = os->next;
6550
6551 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6552 {
6553 if (os != NULL)
6554 s = os->bfd_section;
6555 else
6556 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6557 while (s != NULL
6558 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6559 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6560 s = s->prev;
6561 if (s != NULL)
6562 return s;
6563
6564 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6565 }
6566 }
6567
6568 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6569
6570 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6571 while (s != NULL
6572 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6573 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6574 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6575 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6576 s = s->prev;
6577 if (s == NULL)
6578 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6579 while (s != NULL
6580 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6581 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6582 s = s->next;
6583 if (s != NULL)
6584 return s;
6585
6586 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6587 }
6588
6589 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6590
6591 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6592 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6593 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6594
6595 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6596 to start_stop_syms. */
6597
6598 static void
6599 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6600 {
6601 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6602
6603 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6604 if (h != NULL)
6605 {
6606 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6607 {
6608 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6609 start_stop_syms
6610 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6611 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6612 }
6613 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6614 }
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6618 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6619 preliminary definitions. */
6620
6621 static void
6622 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6623 {
6624 bfd *abfd;
6625 asection *s;
6626 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6627
6628 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6629 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6630 {
6631 const char *ps;
6632 const char *secname = s->name;
6633
6634 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6635 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6636 break;
6637 if (*ps == '\0')
6638 {
6639 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6640
6641 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6642 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6643 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6644
6645 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6646 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6647 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6648
6649 free (symbol);
6650 }
6651 }
6652 }
6653
6654 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6655
6656 static void
6657 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6658 {
6659 size_t i;
6660
6661 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6662 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6663 }
6664
6665 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6666 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6667 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6668 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6669 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6670
6671 static void
6672 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6673 {
6674 if (h->ldscript_def)
6675 return;
6676
6677 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6678 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6679 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6680 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6681 {
6682 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6683 h->u.def.section->name);
6684 if (sec != NULL)
6685 {
6686 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6687 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6688 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6689 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6690 if there is still an output section with section name
6691 SECNAME. */
6692 asection *i;
6693 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6694 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6695 {
6696 h->u.def.section = i;
6697 return;
6698 }
6699 }
6700 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6701 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6702 }
6703 }
6704
6705 static void
6706 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6707 {
6708 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6709 }
6710
6711 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6712 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6713 preliminary definitions. */
6714
6715 static void
6716 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6717 {
6718 asection *s;
6719
6720 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6721 {
6722 const char *secname = s->name;
6723 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6724
6725 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6726 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6727
6728 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6729 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6730 free (symbol);
6731 }
6732 }
6733
6734 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6735
6736 static void
6737 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6738 {
6739 if (h->ldscript_def
6740 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6741 return;
6742
6743 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6744 {
6745 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6746 .startof. already has final value. */
6747 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6748 {
6749 /* .sizeof. */
6750 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6751 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6752 }
6753 }
6754 else
6755 {
6756 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6757 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6758
6759 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6760 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6761 {
6762 /* __stop_ */
6763 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6764 }
6765 }
6766 }
6767
6768 static void
6769 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6770 {
6771 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6772 }
6773
6774 static void
6775 lang_end (void)
6776 {
6777 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6778 bfd_boolean warn;
6779
6780 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6781 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6782 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6783 else
6784 warn = TRUE;
6785
6786 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6787 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6788 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6789 && link_info.gc_sections
6790 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6791 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6792 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6793 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6794
6795 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6796 {
6797 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6798 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6799 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6800 warn = FALSE;
6801 }
6802
6803 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6804 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6805 if (h != NULL
6806 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6807 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6808 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6809 {
6810 bfd_vma val;
6811
6812 val = (h->u.def.value
6813 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6814 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6815 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6816 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6817 }
6818 else
6819 {
6820 bfd_vma val;
6821 const char *send;
6822
6823 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6824 number. */
6825 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6826 if (*send == '\0')
6827 {
6828 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6829 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6830 }
6831 else
6832 {
6833 asection *ts;
6834
6835 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6836 the first address in the text section. */
6837 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6838 if (ts != NULL)
6839 {
6840 if (warn)
6841 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6842 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6843 entry_symbol.name,
6844 bfd_section_vma (ts));
6845 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
6846 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
6847 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6848 }
6849 else
6850 {
6851 if (warn)
6852 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6853 " not setting start address\n"),
6854 entry_symbol.name);
6855 }
6856 }
6857 }
6858 }
6859
6860 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6861 BFD. */
6862
6863 static void
6864 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6865 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6866 {
6867 /* Don't do anything. */
6868 }
6869
6870 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6871 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6872 other checking that is needed. */
6873
6874 static void
6875 lang_check (void)
6876 {
6877 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6878 bfd *input_bfd;
6879 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6880
6881 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
6882 file != NULL;
6883 file = file->next)
6884 {
6885 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6886 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6887 if (file->flags.claimed)
6888 continue;
6889 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6890 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6891 compatible
6892 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6893 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6894
6895 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6896 link between differing object formats when the input
6897 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6898 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6899 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6900 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6901 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6902 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6903 && (compatible == NULL
6904 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6905 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6906 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6907 {
6908 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6909 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6910 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6911 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6912 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6913 }
6914
6915 if (compatible == NULL)
6916 {
6917 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6918 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6919 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6920 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6921 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6922 }
6923 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6924 {
6925 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6926 private data of the output bfd. */
6927
6928 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6929
6930 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6931 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6932 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6933 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6934 information which is needed in the output file. */
6935 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6936 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6937 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6938 {
6939 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6940 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6941 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6942 }
6943 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6944 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6945 }
6946 }
6947 }
6948
6949 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6950 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6951 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6952
6953 static void
6954 lang_common (void)
6955 {
6956 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6957 return;
6958 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6959 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6960 return;
6961
6962 if (!config.sort_common)
6963 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6964 else
6965 {
6966 unsigned int power;
6967
6968 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6969 {
6970 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6971 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6972
6973 power = 0;
6974 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6975 }
6976 else
6977 {
6978 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6979 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6980
6981 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6982 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6983 }
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6988
6989 static bfd_boolean
6990 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6991 {
6992 unsigned int power_of_two;
6993 bfd_vma size;
6994 asection *section;
6995
6996 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6997 return TRUE;
6998
6999 size = h->u.c.size;
7000 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7001
7002 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7003 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7004 return TRUE;
7005 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7006 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7007 return TRUE;
7008
7009 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7010 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7011 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7012 h->root.string);
7013
7014 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7015 {
7016 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
7017 int len;
7018 char *name;
7019 char buf[50];
7020
7021 if (!header_printed)
7022 {
7023 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7024 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7025 header_printed = TRUE;
7026 }
7027
7028 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7029 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7030 if (name == NULL)
7031 {
7032 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7033 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7034 }
7035 else
7036 {
7037 minfo ("%s", name);
7038 len = strlen (name);
7039 free (name);
7040 }
7041
7042 if (len >= 19)
7043 {
7044 print_nl ();
7045 len = 0;
7046 }
7047 while (len < 20)
7048 {
7049 print_space ();
7050 ++len;
7051 }
7052
7053 minfo ("0x");
7054 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7055 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7056 else
7057 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7058 minfo ("%s", buf);
7059 len = strlen (buf);
7060
7061 while (len < 16)
7062 {
7063 print_space ();
7064 ++len;
7065 }
7066
7067 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7068 }
7069
7070 return TRUE;
7071 }
7072
7073 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7074 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7075 option are handled here. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7079 {
7080 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7081 {
7082 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7083 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
7084 TRUE);
7085 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7086 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7087 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7088 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7089 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7090 }
7091 else
7092 {
7093 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7094 const char *name = s->name;
7095 int constraint = 0;
7096
7097 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7098 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7099 s, s->owner);
7100
7101 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7102 constraint = SPECIAL;
7103
7104 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7105 if (os == NULL)
7106 {
7107 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
7108 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7109 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7110 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7111 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7112 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
7113 }
7114
7115 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7116 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7117 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7118 s, s->owner, os->name);
7119 }
7120 }
7121
7122 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7123 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7124 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7125
7126 static void
7127 lang_place_orphans (void)
7128 {
7129 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7130 {
7131 asection *s;
7132
7133 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7134 {
7135 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7136 {
7137 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7138 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7139
7140 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7141 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7142 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7143 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7144 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7145 {
7146 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7147 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7148 with the wildcard. */
7149 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7150 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7151 {
7152 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7153 default_common_section
7154 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
7155 TRUE);
7156 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7157 NULL, default_common_section);
7158 }
7159 }
7160 else
7161 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7162 }
7163 }
7164 }
7165 }
7166
7167 void
7168 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7169 {
7170 flagword *ptr_flags;
7171
7172 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7173
7174 while (*flags)
7175 {
7176 switch (*flags)
7177 {
7178 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7179 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7180 case '!':
7181 invert = !invert;
7182 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7183 break;
7184
7185 case 'A': case 'a':
7186 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7187 break;
7188
7189 case 'R': case 'r':
7190 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7191 break;
7192
7193 case 'W': case 'w':
7194 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7195 break;
7196
7197 case 'X': case 'x':
7198 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7199 break;
7200
7201 case 'L': case 'l':
7202 case 'I': case 'i':
7203 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7204 break;
7205
7206 default:
7207 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7208 *flags, *flags);
7209 break;
7210 }
7211 flags++;
7212 }
7213 }
7214
7215 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7216 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7217
7218 void
7219 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7220 {
7221 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7222
7223 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7224 f != NULL;
7225 f = f->next_real_file)
7226 if (f->flags.real)
7227 func (f);
7228 }
7229
7230 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7231 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7232 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7233
7234 void
7235 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7236 {
7237 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7238 {
7239 if (f->flags.real)
7240 func (f);
7241 }
7242 }
7243
7244 void
7245 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7246 {
7247 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7248
7249 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7250 a link. */
7251 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7252 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7253
7254 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7255 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7256 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7257 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7258
7259 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7260 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7261 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7262 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7263 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7264 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7265 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7266 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7267 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7268
7269 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7270 }
7271
7272 void
7273 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7274 {
7275 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7276 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7277 {
7278 output_filename = name;
7279 had_output_filename = TRUE;
7280 }
7281 }
7282
7283 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7284 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7285 etree_type *address_exp,
7286 enum section_type sectype,
7287 etree_type *align,
7288 etree_type *subalign,
7289 etree_type *ebase,
7290 int constraint,
7291 int align_with_input)
7292 {
7293 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7294
7295 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7296 constraint, TRUE);
7297 current_section = os;
7298
7299 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7300 {
7301 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7302 }
7303 os->sectype = sectype;
7304 if (sectype != noload_section)
7305 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7306 else
7307 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7308 os->block_value = 1;
7309
7310 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7311 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7312
7313 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7314 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7315 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7316 NULL);
7317
7318 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7319 os->section_alignment = align;
7320
7321 os->load_base = ebase;
7322 return os;
7323 }
7324
7325 void
7326 lang_final (void)
7327 {
7328 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7329
7330 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7331 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7332 }
7333
7334 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7335
7336 void
7337 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7338 {
7339 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7340 asection *o;
7341 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7342
7343 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7344 {
7345 p->current = p->origin;
7346 p->last_os = NULL;
7347 }
7348
7349 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7350 os != NULL;
7351 os = os->next)
7352 {
7353 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7354 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7355 }
7356
7357 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7358 {
7359 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7360 o->rawsize = o->size;
7361 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7362 o->size = 0;
7363 }
7364 }
7365
7366 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7367
7368 static void
7369 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7370 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7371 asection *section,
7372 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7373 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7374 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7375 {
7376 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7377 should be as well. */
7378 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7379 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7380 }
7381
7382 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7383
7384 static void
7385 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7386 {
7387 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7388 {
7389 switch (s->header.type)
7390 {
7391 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7392 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7393 break;
7394 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7395 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7396 break;
7397 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7398 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7399 break;
7400 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7401 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7402 break;
7403 default:
7404 break;
7405 }
7406 }
7407 }
7408
7409 static void
7410 lang_gc_sections (void)
7411 {
7412 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7413 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7414
7415 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7416 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7417 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7418 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7419 {
7420 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7421 {
7422 asection *sec;
7423 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7424 if (f->flags.claimed)
7425 continue;
7426 #endif
7427 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7428 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7429 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7430 }
7431 }
7432
7433 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7434 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7435 }
7436
7437 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7438
7439 static void
7440 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7441 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7442 asection *section,
7443 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7444 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7445 void *data)
7446 {
7447 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7448 size. */
7449 if (section->output_section != NULL
7450 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7451 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7452 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7453 && section->size != 0)
7454 {
7455 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7456 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7457 }
7458 }
7459
7460 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7461
7462 static void
7463 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7464 seg_align_type *seg,
7465 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7466 {
7467 if (*has_relro_section)
7468 return;
7469
7470 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7471 {
7472 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7473 break;
7474
7475 switch (s->header.type)
7476 {
7477 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7478 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7479 find_relro_section_callback,
7480 has_relro_section);
7481 break;
7482 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7483 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7484 seg, has_relro_section);
7485 break;
7486 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7487 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7488 seg, has_relro_section);
7489 break;
7490 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7491 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7492 seg, has_relro_section);
7493 break;
7494 default:
7495 break;
7496 }
7497 }
7498 }
7499
7500 static void
7501 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7502 {
7503 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7504
7505 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7506
7507 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7508 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7509
7510 if (!has_relro_section)
7511 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7512 }
7513
7514 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7515
7516 void
7517 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7518 {
7519 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7520 {
7521 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7522 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7523
7524 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7525 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7526
7527 while (i--)
7528 {
7529 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7530 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7531
7532 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7533 do
7534 {
7535 link_info.relax_trip++;
7536
7537 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7538 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7539 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7540
7541 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7542 section sizes. */
7543 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7544
7545 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7546 size. */
7547 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7548
7549 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7550 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7551 relax_again = FALSE;
7552 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7553 }
7554 while (relax_again);
7555
7556 link_info.relax_pass++;
7557 }
7558 need_layout = TRUE;
7559 }
7560
7561 if (need_layout)
7562 {
7563 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7564 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7565 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7566 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7567 }
7568 }
7569
7570 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7571 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7572 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7573 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7574 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7575 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7576 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7577 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7578 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7579 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7580 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7581
7582 static lang_input_statement_type *
7583 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7584 {
7585 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7586 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7587 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7588 claim1 != NULL;
7589 claim1 = claim1->next)
7590 {
7591 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7592 {
7593 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7594 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7595 }
7596 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7597 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7598 lastobject = claim1;
7599 }
7600 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7601 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7602 insert point. */
7603 *before = FALSE;
7604 return lastobject;
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7608 added during a rescan. */
7609
7610 static lang_input_statement_type **
7611 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7612 {
7613 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7614 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7615 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7616 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7617 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7618
7619 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7620 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7621
7622 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7623 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7624 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7625 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7626 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7627 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7628 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7629 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7630 f != NULL;
7631 f = f->next_real_file)
7632 {
7633 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7634 {
7635 before = last_loaded;
7636 if (f->next != NULL)
7637 return &f->next->next;
7638 }
7639 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7640 last_loaded = f;
7641 }
7642
7643 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7644 *iter != NULL;
7645 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7646 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7647 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7648 break;
7649
7650 return iter;
7651 }
7652
7653 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7654 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7655 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7656
7657 static void
7658 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7659 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7660 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7661 {
7662 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7663 *field = srclist->head;
7664 if (destlist->tail == field)
7665 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7666 }
7667
7668 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7669 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7670
7671 static void
7672 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7673 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7674 {
7675 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7676 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7677 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7678 savetail = origlist->tail;
7679 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7680 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7681 destlist->tail = savetail;
7682 *savetail = NULL;
7683 }
7684
7685 static lang_statement_union_type **
7686 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7687 {
7688 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7689 {
7690 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7691 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7692 {
7693 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7694 return s;
7695 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7696 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7697 break;
7698 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7699 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7700 break;
7701 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7702 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7703 break;
7704 default:
7705 continue;
7706 }
7707 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7708 if (*t)
7709 return t;
7710 }
7711 return s;
7712 }
7713 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7714
7715 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7716
7717 void
7718 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7719 {
7720 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7721
7722 if (name == NULL)
7723 return;
7724
7725 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7726
7727 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7728 sym->name = name;
7729 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7730 }
7731
7732 /* Check relocations. */
7733
7734 static void
7735 lang_check_relocs (void)
7736 {
7737 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7738 {
7739 bfd *abfd;
7740
7741 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7742 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7743 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7744 {
7745 /* No object output, fail return. */
7746 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7747 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7748 continue the scan in case there are other
7749 bad relocations to report. */
7750 }
7751 }
7752 }
7753
7754 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7755 propagate forward the lma region. */
7756
7757 static void
7758 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7759 {
7760 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7761
7762 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7763 os != NULL;
7764 os = os->next)
7765 {
7766 if (os->prev != NULL
7767 && os->lma_region == NULL
7768 && os->load_base == NULL
7769 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7770 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7771 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7772 }
7773 }
7774
7775 void
7776 lang_process (void)
7777 {
7778 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7779 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7780 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7781
7782 current_target = default_target;
7783
7784 /* Open the output file. */
7785 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7786 init_opb (NULL);
7787
7788 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7789
7790 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7791 lang_place_undefineds ();
7792
7793 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7794 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7795
7796 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7797 current_target = default_target;
7798 lang_statement_iteration++;
7799 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7800 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7801 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7802 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7803
7804 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7805 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7806 {
7807 lang_statement_list_type added;
7808 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7809
7810 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7811 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7812 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7813 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7814 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7815 file. */
7816 added = *stat_ptr;
7817 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7818 files = file_chain;
7819 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7820 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7821 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7822 plugin_error_plugin ());
7823 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7824 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7825 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7826 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7827 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7828 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7829 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7830 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7831 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7832 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7833 /* Were any new files added? */
7834 if (added.head != NULL)
7835 {
7836 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7837 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7838 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7839 immediately before. */
7840 bfd_boolean before;
7841 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7842 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7843 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7844 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7845 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7846 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7847 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7848 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7849 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7850 if (before)
7851 {
7852 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7853 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7854 {
7855 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7856 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7857 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7858 }
7859 }
7860 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7861 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7862 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7863 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7864 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7865 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7866 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7867 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7868 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7869 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7870 else
7871 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7872
7873 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7874 files = file_chain;
7875 lang_statement_iteration++;
7876 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7877 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7878 while (files.head != NULL)
7879 {
7880 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7881 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7882 bfd *my_arch;
7883
7884 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7885 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7886 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7887 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7888 if (my_arch != NULL)
7889 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7890 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7891 break;
7892 temp = *insert;
7893 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7894 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7895 *iter = temp;
7896 if (my_arch != NULL)
7897 {
7898 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
7899 if (parent != NULL)
7900 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7901 ((char *) iter
7902 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7903 }
7904 }
7905 }
7906 }
7907 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7908
7909 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7910 before now. */
7911 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7912
7913 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7914
7915 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7916 {
7917 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7918
7919 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7920 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7921 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7922 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7923 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7924 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7925 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7926 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7927 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7928 }
7929
7930 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7931 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7932
7933 ldemul_after_open ();
7934 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7935 lang_print_asneeded ();
7936
7937 ldlang_open_ctf ();
7938
7939 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7940
7941 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7942 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7943 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7944 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7945 link. */
7946 lang_check ();
7947
7948 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7949 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7950 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7951
7952 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7953 files. */
7954 ldctor_build_sets ();
7955
7956 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7957 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7958 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7959 if (config.build_constructors)
7960 lang_init_start_stop ();
7961
7962 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7963 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7964 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7965 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7966
7967 /* Size up the common data. */
7968 lang_common ();
7969
7970 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7971 lang_gc_sections ();
7972
7973 /* Check relocations. */
7974 lang_check_relocs ();
7975
7976 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7977
7978 /* Update wild statements. */
7979 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7980
7981 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7982 to the correct output sections. */
7983 lang_statement_iteration++;
7984 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7985
7986 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7987 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7988 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7989
7990 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
7991
7992 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7993 lang_place_orphans ();
7994
7995 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7996 {
7997 asection *found;
7998
7999 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8000 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8001 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8002 is hard then. */
8003 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8004
8005 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8006 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8007
8008 if (found != NULL)
8009 {
8010 if (config.text_read_only)
8011 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8012 else
8013 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8014 }
8015 }
8016
8017 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8018 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8019 lang_merge_ctf ();
8020
8021 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8022 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8023 lang_write_ctf (0);
8024
8025 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8026 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8027
8028 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8029 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8030 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8031 if (config.build_constructors)
8032 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8033
8034 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8035 dynamic symbols are created. */
8036 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8037 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8038
8039 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8040 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8041 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8042
8043 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8044 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8045 lang_record_phdrs ();
8046
8047 /* Check relro sections. */
8048 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8049 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8050
8051 /* Size up the sections. */
8052 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8053
8054 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8055 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8056 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8057
8058 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8059 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8060
8061 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8062 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8063 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8064 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8065 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8066 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8067
8068 ldemul_finish ();
8069
8070 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8071 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8072
8073 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8074 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8075 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8076
8077 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8078 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8079
8080 lang_end ();
8081 }
8082
8083 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8084
8085 void
8086 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8087 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8088 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
8089 {
8090 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8091 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8092
8093 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8094 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8095 curr != NULL;
8096 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8097 {
8098 next = curr->next;
8099 curr->next = section_list;
8100 }
8101
8102 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8103 {
8104 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8105 filespec->name = NULL;
8106 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8107 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
8108 }
8109
8110 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8111 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8112 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
8113 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8114 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8115 if (filespec != NULL)
8116 {
8117 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8118 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8119 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8120 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8121 }
8122 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8123 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8124 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8125 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8126 }
8127
8128 void
8129 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8130 const segment_type *segment)
8131 {
8132 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8133
8134 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8135 ad->section_name = name;
8136 ad->address = address;
8137 ad->segment = segment;
8138 }
8139
8140 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8141 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8142 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8143 precedence. */
8144
8145 void
8146 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
8147 {
8148 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8149 || cmdline
8150 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8151 {
8152 entry_symbol.name = name;
8153 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8154 }
8155 }
8156
8157 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8158 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8159 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8160 must be permanently allocated. */
8161 void
8162 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8163 {
8164 entry_symbol_default = name;
8165 }
8166
8167 void
8168 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8169 {
8170 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8171
8172 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8173 new_stmt->target = name;
8174 }
8175
8176 void
8177 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8178 {
8179 while (*name)
8180 {
8181 switch (*name)
8182 {
8183 case 'F':
8184 map_option_f = TRUE;
8185 break;
8186 }
8187 name++;
8188 }
8189 }
8190
8191 void
8192 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8193 {
8194 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8195
8196 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8197 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8198 }
8199
8200 void
8201 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8202 {
8203 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8204
8205 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8206 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8207 new_stmt->type = type;
8208 }
8209
8210 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8211 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8212 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8213 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8214 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8215 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8216
8217 void
8218 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8219 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8220 asection *section,
8221 const char *name,
8222 union etree_union *addend)
8223 {
8224 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8225
8226 p->reloc = reloc;
8227 p->howto = howto;
8228 p->section = section;
8229 p->name = name;
8230 p->addend_exp = addend;
8231
8232 p->addend_value = 0;
8233 p->output_section = NULL;
8234 p->output_offset = 0;
8235 }
8236
8237 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8238 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8239 {
8240 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8241
8242 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8243 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8244 return new_stmt;
8245 }
8246
8247 void
8248 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8249 {
8250 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8251 }
8252
8253 void
8254 lang_startup (const char *name)
8255 {
8256 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8257 {
8258 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8259 }
8260 first_file->filename = name;
8261 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8262 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
8263 }
8264
8265 void
8266 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
8267 {
8268 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8269 }
8270
8271
8272 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8273 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8274
8275 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8276 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8277 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8278 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8279 had an explicit load address.
8280
8281 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8282
8283 static void
8284 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8285 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8286 const char *memspec,
8287 const char *lma_memspec,
8288 bfd_boolean have_lma,
8289 bfd_boolean have_vma)
8290 {
8291 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
8292
8293 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8294 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8295 as well. */
8296 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8297 && !have_vma
8298 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8299 *region = *lma_region;
8300 else
8301 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
8302
8303 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8304 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8305 NULL);
8306 }
8307
8308 void
8309 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8310 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8311 const char *lma_memspec)
8312 {
8313 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8314 &current_section->lma_region,
8315 memspec, lma_memspec,
8316 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8317 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8318
8319 current_section->fill = fill;
8320 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8321 pop_stat_ptr ();
8322 }
8323
8324 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8325
8326 void
8327 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8328 const char *big,
8329 const char *little,
8330 int from_script)
8331 {
8332 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8333 {
8334 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8335 && big != NULL)
8336 format = big;
8337 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8338 && little != NULL)
8339 format = little;
8340
8341 output_target = format;
8342 }
8343 }
8344
8345 void
8346 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8347 {
8348 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8349
8350 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8351 new_stmt->where = where;
8352 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8353 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8354 }
8355
8356 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8357 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8358
8359 void
8360 lang_enter_group (void)
8361 {
8362 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8363
8364 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8365 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8366 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8367 }
8368
8369 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8370 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8371 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8372 but currently they can't. */
8373
8374 void
8375 lang_leave_group (void)
8376 {
8377 pop_stat_ptr ();
8378 }
8379
8380 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8381 command in a linker script. */
8382
8383 void
8384 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8385 etree_type *type,
8386 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8387 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8388 etree_type *at,
8389 etree_type *flags)
8390 {
8391 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8392 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8393
8394 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8395 n->next = NULL;
8396 n->name = name;
8397 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8398 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8399 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8400 n->at = at;
8401 n->flags = flags;
8402
8403 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8404
8405 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8406 if (hdrs
8407 && (*pp)->type == 1
8408 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8409 {
8410 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8411 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8412 hdrs = FALSE;
8413 }
8414
8415 *pp = n;
8416 }
8417
8418 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8419 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8420
8421 static void
8422 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8423 {
8424 unsigned int alc;
8425 asection **secs;
8426 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8427 struct lang_phdr *l;
8428 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8429
8430 alc = 10;
8431 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8432 last = NULL;
8433
8434 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8435 {
8436 unsigned int c;
8437 flagword flags;
8438 bfd_vma at;
8439
8440 c = 0;
8441 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8442 os != NULL;
8443 os = os->next)
8444 {
8445 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8446
8447 if (os->constraint < 0)
8448 continue;
8449
8450 pl = os->phdrs;
8451 if (pl != NULL)
8452 last = pl;
8453 else
8454 {
8455 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8456 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8457 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8458 continue;
8459
8460 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8461 if (l->type == 3)
8462 continue;
8463
8464 if (last == NULL)
8465 {
8466 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8467
8468 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8469 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8470 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8471 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8472 header and there are sections in that script which are
8473 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8474 use of that header. See here for more details:
8475 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8476 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8477 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8478 {
8479 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8480 break;
8481 }
8482 if (last == NULL)
8483 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8484 }
8485 pl = last;
8486 }
8487
8488 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8489 continue;
8490
8491 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8492 {
8493 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8494 {
8495 if (c >= alc)
8496 {
8497 alc *= 2;
8498 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8499 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8500 }
8501 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8502 ++c;
8503 pl->used = TRUE;
8504 }
8505 }
8506 }
8507
8508 if (l->flags == NULL)
8509 flags = 0;
8510 else
8511 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8512
8513 if (l->at == NULL)
8514 at = 0;
8515 else
8516 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8517
8518 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8519 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8520 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8521 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8522 }
8523
8524 free (secs);
8525
8526 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8527 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8528 os != NULL;
8529 os = os->next)
8530 {
8531 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8532
8533 if (os->constraint < 0
8534 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8535 continue;
8536
8537 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8538 pl != NULL;
8539 pl = pl->next)
8540 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8541 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8542 os->name, pl->name);
8543 }
8544 }
8545
8546 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8547
8548 void
8549 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8550 {
8551 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8552
8553 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8554 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8555 n->list = l;
8556 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8557 nocrossref_list = n;
8558
8559 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8560 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8561 }
8562
8563 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8564
8565 void
8566 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8567 {
8568 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8569 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8570 }
8571 \f
8572 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8573
8574 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8575 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8576 /* And subsection alignment. */
8577 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8578
8579 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8580 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8581
8582 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8583
8584 struct overlay_list {
8585 struct overlay_list *next;
8586 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8587 };
8588
8589 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8590
8591 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8592
8593 void
8594 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8595 {
8596 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8597 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8598 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8599 && overlay_max == NULL);
8600
8601 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8602 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8603 }
8604
8605 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8606 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8607 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8608
8609 void
8610 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8611 {
8612 struct overlay_list *n;
8613 etree_type *size;
8614
8615 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8616 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8617
8618 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8619 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8620 used in the addresses. */
8621 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8622 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8623
8624 /* Remember the section. */
8625 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8626 n->os = current_section;
8627 n->next = overlay_list;
8628 overlay_list = n;
8629
8630 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8631
8632 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8633 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8634 overlay_max = size;
8635 else
8636 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8637 }
8638
8639 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8640 here. */
8641
8642 void
8643 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8644 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8645 {
8646 const char *name;
8647 char *clean, *s2;
8648 const char *s1;
8649 char *buf;
8650
8651 name = current_section->name;
8652
8653 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8654 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8655 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8656 override it. */
8657 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8658
8659 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8660
8661 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8662 s2 = clean;
8663 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8664 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8665 *s2++ = *s1;
8666 *s2 = '\0';
8667
8668 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8669 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8670 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8671 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8672 FALSE));
8673
8674 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8675 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8676 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8677 exp_binop ('+',
8678 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8679 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8680 FALSE));
8681
8682 free (clean);
8683 }
8684
8685 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8686 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8687
8688 void
8689 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8690 int nocrossrefs,
8691 fill_type *fill,
8692 const char *memspec,
8693 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8694 const char *lma_memspec)
8695 {
8696 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8697 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8698 struct overlay_list *l;
8699 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8700
8701 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8702 memspec, lma_memspec,
8703 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8704
8705 nocrossref = NULL;
8706
8707 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8708 overlay region. */
8709 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8710 {
8711 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8712 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8713 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8714 }
8715
8716 l = overlay_list;
8717 while (l != NULL)
8718 {
8719 struct overlay_list *next;
8720
8721 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8722 l->os->fill = fill;
8723
8724 l->os->region = region;
8725 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8726
8727 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8728 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8729 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8730 an LMA region was specified. */
8731 if (l->next == 0)
8732 {
8733 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8734 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8735 }
8736 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8737 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8738
8739 if (nocrossrefs)
8740 {
8741 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8742
8743 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8744 nc->name = l->os->name;
8745 nc->next = nocrossref;
8746 nocrossref = nc;
8747 }
8748
8749 next = l->next;
8750 free (l);
8751 l = next;
8752 }
8753
8754 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8755 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8756
8757 overlay_vma = NULL;
8758 overlay_list = NULL;
8759 overlay_max = NULL;
8760 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8761 }
8762 \f
8763 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8764
8765 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8766 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8767 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8768
8769 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8770 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8771 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8772 const char *sym)
8773 {
8774 const char *c_sym;
8775 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8776 const char *java_sym = sym;
8777 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8778 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8779
8780 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8781 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8782 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8783 if (!c_sym)
8784 c_sym = sym;
8785 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8786
8787 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8788 {
8789 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8790 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8791 if (!cxx_sym)
8792 cxx_sym = sym;
8793 }
8794 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8795 {
8796 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8797 if (!java_sym)
8798 java_sym = sym;
8799 }
8800
8801 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8802 {
8803 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8804
8805 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8806 {
8807 case 0:
8808 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8809 {
8810 e.pattern = c_sym;
8811 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8812 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8813 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8814 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8815 goto out_ret;
8816 else
8817 expr = expr->next;
8818 }
8819 /* Fallthrough */
8820 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8821 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8822 {
8823 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8824 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8825 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8826 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8827 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8828 goto out_ret;
8829 else
8830 expr = expr->next;
8831 }
8832 /* Fallthrough */
8833 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8834 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8835 {
8836 e.pattern = java_sym;
8837 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8838 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8839 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8840 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8841 goto out_ret;
8842 else
8843 expr = expr->next;
8844 }
8845 /* Fallthrough */
8846 default:
8847 break;
8848 }
8849 }
8850
8851 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8852 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8853 expr = head->remaining;
8854 else
8855 expr = prev->next;
8856 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8857 {
8858 const char *s;
8859
8860 if (!expr->pattern)
8861 continue;
8862
8863 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8864 break;
8865
8866 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8867 s = java_sym;
8868 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8869 s = cxx_sym;
8870 else
8871 s = c_sym;
8872 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8873 break;
8874 }
8875
8876 out_ret:
8877 if (c_sym != sym)
8878 free ((char *) c_sym);
8879 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8880 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8881 if (java_sym != sym)
8882 free ((char *) java_sym);
8883 return expr;
8884 }
8885
8886 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8887 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8888
8889 static const char *
8890 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8891 {
8892 const char *p;
8893 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8894 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8895
8896 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8897 {
8898 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8899 backslash. */
8900 if (backslash)
8901 {
8902 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8903 *(s - 1) = *p;
8904 backslash = FALSE;
8905 changed = TRUE;
8906 }
8907 else
8908 {
8909 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8910 {
8911 free (symbol);
8912 return NULL;
8913 }
8914
8915 *s++ = *p;
8916 backslash = *p == '\\';
8917 }
8918 }
8919
8920 if (changed)
8921 {
8922 *s = '\0';
8923 return symbol;
8924 }
8925 else
8926 {
8927 free (symbol);
8928 return pattern;
8929 }
8930 }
8931
8932 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8933 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8934 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8935
8936 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8937 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8938 const char *new_name,
8939 const char *lang,
8940 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8941 {
8942 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8943
8944 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8945 ret->next = orig;
8946 ret->symver = 0;
8947 ret->script = 0;
8948 ret->literal = TRUE;
8949 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8950 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8951 {
8952 ret->pattern = new_name;
8953 ret->literal = FALSE;
8954 }
8955
8956 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8957 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8958 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8959 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8960 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8961 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8962 else
8963 {
8964 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8965 lang);
8966 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8967 }
8968
8969 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8970 }
8971
8972 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8973 expressions. */
8974
8975 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8976 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8977 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8978 {
8979 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8980
8981 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8982 ret->globals.list = globals;
8983 ret->locals.list = locals;
8984 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8985 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8986 return ret;
8987 }
8988
8989 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8990
8991 static int version_index;
8992
8993 static hashval_t
8994 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8995 {
8996 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8997 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8998
8999 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9000 }
9001
9002 static int
9003 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9004 {
9005 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9006 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9007 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9008 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9009
9010 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9011 }
9012
9013 static void
9014 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9015 {
9016 size_t count = 0;
9017 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9018 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9019
9020 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9021 {
9022 if (e->literal)
9023 count++;
9024 head->mask |= e->mask;
9025 }
9026
9027 if (count)
9028 {
9029 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9030 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9031 list_loc = &head->list;
9032 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9033 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9034 {
9035 next = e->next;
9036 if (!e->literal)
9037 {
9038 *remaining_loc = e;
9039 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9040 }
9041 else
9042 {
9043 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9044
9045 if (*loc)
9046 {
9047 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9048
9049 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9050 last = NULL;
9051 do
9052 {
9053 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9054 {
9055 last = NULL;
9056 break;
9057 }
9058 last = e1;
9059 e1 = e1->next;
9060 }
9061 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9062
9063 if (last == NULL)
9064 {
9065 /* This is a duplicate. */
9066 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9067 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9068 /* free (e->pattern); */
9069 free (e);
9070 }
9071 else
9072 {
9073 e->next = last->next;
9074 last->next = e;
9075 }
9076 }
9077 else
9078 {
9079 *loc = e;
9080 *list_loc = e;
9081 list_loc = &e->next;
9082 }
9083 }
9084 }
9085 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9086 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9087 }
9088 else
9089 head->remaining = head->list;
9090 }
9091
9092 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9093 version. */
9094
9095 void
9096 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9097 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9098 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9099 {
9100 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9101 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9102
9103 if (name == NULL)
9104 name = "";
9105
9106 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9107 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9108 {
9109 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9110 " with other version tags\n"));
9111 free (version);
9112 return;
9113 }
9114
9115 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9116 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9117 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9118 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9119
9120 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9121 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9122
9123 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9124 aren't any duplicates. */
9125
9126 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9127 {
9128 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9129 {
9130 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9131
9132 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9133 {
9134 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9135 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9136 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9137 {
9138 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9139 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9140 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9141 e2 = e2->next;
9142 }
9143 }
9144 else if (!e1->literal)
9145 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9146 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9147 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9148 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9149 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9150 }
9151 }
9152
9153 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9154 {
9155 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9156 {
9157 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9158
9159 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9160 {
9161 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9162 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9163 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9164 {
9165 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9166 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9167 " in version information\n"),
9168 e1->pattern);
9169 e2 = e2->next;
9170 }
9171 }
9172 else if (!e1->literal)
9173 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9174 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9175 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9176 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9177 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9178 }
9179 }
9180
9181 version->deps = deps;
9182 version->name = name;
9183 if (name[0] != '\0')
9184 {
9185 ++version_index;
9186 version->vernum = version_index;
9187 }
9188 else
9189 version->vernum = 0;
9190
9191 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9192 ;
9193 *pp = version;
9194 }
9195
9196 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9197
9198 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9199 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9200 {
9201 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9202 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9203
9204 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9205 ret->next = list;
9206
9207 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9208 {
9209 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9210 {
9211 ret->version_needed = t;
9212 return ret;
9213 }
9214 }
9215
9216 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9217
9218 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9219 return ret;
9220 }
9221
9222 static void
9223 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9224 {
9225 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9226
9227 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9228 {
9229 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9230 char *contents, *p;
9231 bfd_size_type len;
9232
9233 if (sec == NULL)
9234 continue;
9235
9236 len = sec->size;
9237 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9238 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9239 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9240
9241 p = contents;
9242 while (p < contents + len)
9243 {
9244 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
9245 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9246 }
9247
9248 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9249
9250 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9251 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9252 }
9253
9254 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
9255 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9256 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9257 }
9258
9259 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
9260
9261 static void
9262 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
9263 {
9264 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9265
9266 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9267 {
9268 if (r->origin_exp)
9269 {
9270 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9271 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9272 {
9273 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9274 r->current = r->origin;
9275 }
9276 else
9277 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9278 r->name_list.name);
9279 }
9280 if (r->length_exp)
9281 {
9282 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9283 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9284 r->length = expld.result.value;
9285 else
9286 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9287 r->name_list.name);
9288 }
9289 }
9290 }
9291
9292 void
9293 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9294 {
9295 struct unique_sections *ent;
9296
9297 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9298 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9299 return;
9300
9301 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9302 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9303 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9304 unique_section_list = ent;
9305 }
9306
9307 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9308
9309 void
9310 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9311 {
9312 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
9313 {
9314 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9315 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9316 ;
9317 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
9318 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
9319 }
9320 else
9321 {
9322 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9323
9324 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9325 d->head.list = dynamic;
9326 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9327 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
9328 }
9329 }
9330
9331 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9332 one. */
9333
9334 void
9335 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9336 {
9337 const char *symbols[] =
9338 {
9339 "typeinfo name for*",
9340 "typeinfo for*"
9341 };
9342 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9343 unsigned int i;
9344
9345 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9346 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9347 FALSE);
9348
9349 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9350 }
9351
9352 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9353 existing one. */
9354
9355 void
9356 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9357 {
9358 const char *symbols[] =
9359 {
9360 "operator new*",
9361 "operator delete*"
9362 };
9363 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9364 unsigned int i;
9365
9366 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9367 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9368 FALSE);
9369
9370 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9371 }
9372
9373 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9374
9375 void
9376 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9377 {
9378 char *p, *q;
9379
9380 p = str;
9381 while (*p)
9382 {
9383 char sep;
9384 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9385 ++p;
9386 if (!*p)
9387 break;
9388 q = p + 1;
9389 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9390 ++q;
9391 sep = *q;
9392 *q = 0;
9393 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9394 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9395 else
9396 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9397 *q = sep;
9398 p = q;
9399 }
9400 }
9401
9402 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9403
9404 static void
9405 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9406 {
9407 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9408 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9409 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9410 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9411 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9412 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9413 else
9414 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9415 }
9416
9417 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9418
9419 void
9420 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9421 {
9422 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9423
9424 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9425 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9426 {
9427 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9428
9429 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9430 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9431 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9432
9433 if (r->length != 0)
9434 {
9435 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9436 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9437 }
9438 printf ("\n");
9439 }
9440 }